May 11, 2010 - Thornton City Council Packet

COUNCIL COMMUNICATION
Meeting Date: Legal Review: Agenda Location: Agenda Item:

st
1 Reading
May 11,2010 nd
2 Reading N/A Presentation 6A-l
A RESOLUTION DECLARING THE WEEK OF MAY 16-22, 2010 AS THORNTON ARBOR

Subject:
--
WEEK. [560-GEl At.
Prepared by: Lynn Lathrop W Approved by: Jack Ethre~JefzJJ Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Mike Soderberg dM Presented by: Mike Soderberg
Community Services Director
by:
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• Arbor Day is celebrated throughout the world to promote the planting and growing of trees , as well
as the stewardship ethic.
• The City sponsors Arbor Day activities, including an educational fair during the weeklong
celebration.
• Arbor Week activities have been advertised in conjunction with Thorntonfest and will be held from
10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
• Activities will include various information booths with professional staff to provide assistance and
answer questions on tree plantings, turf selection and maintenance, soil amendments, and water
use and conservation.
• Services offered by the City of Thornton and Adams Extension Service will be promoted.
BUDGET/STAFF IMPLICATIONS:
• $5,425 has been budgeted in the General Fund budget to fund materials and supplies.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the Resolution declaring May 16-22, 2010 as Thornton Arbor Week.
HISTORY: (includes previous City Council action)
• In keeping with the 138-year old tradition of J. Sterling Morton (founder of Arbor Day), the City
recognizes the importance of planting and growing trees in our community.
• For the 23rd consecutive year, the City has been given Tree City USA status by the National Arbor
Day Foundation.
RESOLUTION
A RESOLUTION DECLARING THE WEEK OF MAY 16-22, 2010 AS THORNTON

ARBOR WEEK.
WHEREAS, Arbor Day has been observed since 1872 to promote the importance
of trees and the stewardship ethic; and
WHEREAS, the City of Thornton recognizes the importance of its urban forest; and
WHEREAS, trees increase the quality of life in the City by adding beauty,
producing oxygen, filtering pollution, and saving heating and cooling costs; and
WHEREAS, the Community Services Department promotes tree planting and

tree education programs; and
WHEREAS, an Arbor Day Celebration will be held in conjunction with

Thorntonfest on Saturday, May 22, 2010.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY

OF THORNTON, COLORADO, AS FOLLOWS:
That May 16-22, 2010 is hereby declared to be Thornton Arbor Week.
PASSED AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of
Thornton, Colorado, on , 2010.
CITY OF THORNTON, COLORADO
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATIEST:
Nancy A. Vincent, City Clerk

Meeting Date: Legal Review: Work Plan # Agenda Location: Agenda Item:
st
1 Reading -- 6C~1
May 11, 2010 nd
2 Reading N/A Staff Reports
--
Subject: MONTHLY FINANCIAL REPORT FOR MARCH 2010. [380-RS]
111
Prepared by: Maria Ostrom J) Approved by: Jack Ethredg@ Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Charles W. Lon~~ Presented by: Maria Ostrom, by:

Interim Finance Director
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• The financial report for the 3-month period ending March 31, 2010 is attached.
• None
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends acceptance of the financial report.
• None
S:\MgmtSvcs\Councll ll(;:lmsW:01 O\,cc,flnr,mclal Ul!pott,Mar.051110

March 2010
Financial Report
Governmental Funds: Includes activity recorded in the General Fund,
Governmental Capital Fund, Debt Service Fund, and Parks and Open Space Funds.
Total Revenue
REVENUE OVERVIEW Governmental Funds
• Sales tax collections are budgeted $100,000,000 Budget

to exceed 2009 by 2.4%. March $80,000,000
12/31/10
sales tax collections (related to

$60,000,000 '09 YE Actual -
sales made in February) were up '10 YE Prjctd
$40,000,000
3.9% vs. the same period last
$20,000,000 YTD 03/31
year.
$-
• The new Wal-Mart at 128th Ave. & 2009 2010 Budget
Quebec St. is expected to open

Building Revenue
this year. Revenue projections Governmental Funds
listed below assume this store will
open mid-year 2010. $4,000,000
$3,500,000 Budget
12/31/10
$3,000,000
$2,500,000
'09 YE Actual -
$2,000,000 '10 YE Prjctd
$1,500,000
$1,000,000 YTD 03/31
$500,000
$-
2009 2010 Budget
Total Revenues - Governmental Funds

Projected
YTD YTD Budgeted Projected vs. Budget
03/31/09 03/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10
Sales Tax $ 6,336,545 $ 6,581,630 $ 42,527,000 $ 42,527,000 $ -
POS Sales Tax from Larkridge 71,711 66,866 453,000 453,000 -
Audit Assessments 902,899 635,996 2,150,000 2,150,000 -
Vehicle Revenues 1,211,642 1,302,398 8,902,000 8,902,000 -
Building Revenues 810,087 694,139 3,377,000 3,377,000 -
Property Taxes 3,295,902 3,191,228 9,017,000 9,017,000 -
Other Taxes 1,268,265 1,140,378 8,667,000 8,667,000 -
Grants/Intergovernmental 115,964 158,442 3,906,000 3,906,000 -
Recreation Fees 564,092 695,095 2,315,000 2,315,000 -
Ambulance Transport Charges 543,804 568,699 2,150,000 2,150,000 -
Fines and Fees 556,449 794,777 2,438,000 2,438,000 -
Interest Income 341,267 214,960 726,000 726,000 -
Other Revenues 2,079,142 1,941,537 11,436,436 11,436,436 -
Total Revenue $ 18,097,767 $ 17,986,145 $ 98,064,436 $ 98,064,436 $ -
1
March 2010
Financial Report
Governmental Funds: Includes activity recorded in the General Fund,

Governmental Capital Fund, Debt Service Fund, and Parks and Open Space Funds.
Sales Tax Revenue By Month

2010
2009 2010 Budget vs. Budget
Jan $ - $ - $ - $ -
Feb 3,206,943 3,239,515 3,159,122 80,393
Mar 3,129,602 3,342,115 3,129,714 212,400
Apr 3,638,448 - 3,562,224 -
May 3,263,929 - 3,461,847 -
Jun 3,401,231 - 3,508,468 -
Jul 3,449,584 - 3,722,617 -
Aug 3,421,364 - 3,502,907 -
Sep 3,295,511 - 3,452,636 -
Oct 3,466,001 - 3,563,571 -
Nov 3,305,359 - 3,395,448 -
Dec 7,941,640 - 8,068,445 -
YTD $ 41,519,610 $ 6,581,630 $ 42,527,000 $ 292,793
Sales Tax Revenue 2009 2010

Governmental Funds Budget
$9,000,000
$8,000,000
$7,000,000
$6,000,000
$5,000,000
$4,000,000
$3,000,000
$2,000,000
$1,000,000
$-
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
OPERATING EXPENSE OVERVIEW

• Operating expenditures are tracking in line General Fund Operating Expenditures
with expectations and current projections 03/31/10 YTD $ 16,106,522
have spending ending the year within 2010 Budget 86,482,300
budget. Remaining Budget $ 70,375,778
Projected Year End Spending $ 86,482,300
Amount Over/(Under) Budget $ -
2
March 2010
Financial Report
North Washington Urban Renewal Area Fund
FUND OVERVIEW
• March sales tax collections (related to sales made in February) in the North Washington
Urban Renewal Area were down 6.7% vs. the same period last year. A majority of this
decrease relates to the closure of Circuit City in early March 2009.
• However, total sales tax in 2010 is projected to remain level with 2009 due to increased
sales activity and the projected opening of Buffalo Wild Wings.
• Property tax revenue for 2010 is expected to remain level as well.
• Spending in the fund consists of on-going developer incentives as well as some capital
improvements in the area.
2009
Sales Tax Revenue
2010
North Washington Urban Renewal Area
Budget
$1,200,000
$1,000,000
$800,000
$600,000
$400,000
$200,000
$-
Total Revenue - North Washington Urban Renewal Area

Projected
3/31/09 3/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10
Sales Tax $ 999,916 $ 933,309 $ 6,331,000 $ 6,331,000 $ -
Audit Assessments 4,034 2,816 - - -
Property Tax 758,507 849,243 2,802,000 2,802,000 -
Interest Income 77,056 58,741 248,000 248,000 -
Total Revenue $ 1,839,513 $ 1,844,110 $ 9,381,000 $ 9,381,000 $ -
3
March 2010
Financial Report
All Funds: Includes all sales tax revenue received in all funds.
Total Sales Tax Revenue - All Funds

2009 2010 $ Change % Change
Jan $ - $ - $ - -
Feb 3,770,997 3,755,191 (15,806) -0.42%
Mar 3,637,174 3,826,614 189,440 5.21%
Apr 4,114,799 - - -
May 3,774,112 - - -
Jun 4,234,031 - - -
Jul 3,996,791 - - -
Aug 3,945,660 - - -
Sep 3,828,461 - - -
Oct 3,973,620 - - -
Nov 3,840,970 - - -
Dec 9,218,250 - - -
YTD $ 48,334,866 $ 7,581,805 $ 173,634 2.34%
Total Sales Tax Revenue 2009
All Funds 2010
$10,000,000
$9,000,000
$8,000,000
$7,000,000
$6,000,000
$5,000,000
$4,000,000
$3,000,000
$2,000,000
$1,000,000
$-
4
March 2010
Financial Report
Water Enterprise Fund
REVENUE OVERVIEW
• Rate revenue is down 11.6% YTD.
• Staff will monitor water usage closely as we move into the warmer months and make
adjustments to rate revenue projections as needed.
• Year to date tap fees are down approximately $100K or 8.7% compared with the same
period in 2009.
• Other revenues are up $1.26 million primarily related to reimbursements received from
the City of Brighton for costs associated with water system improvements necessary to
convey water from Westminster to Brighton.
• Thornton expects to receive $5 million in total before year-end from Brighton for this
project. Revenue projections have been adjusted accordingly.
Water Utility Revenues

Projected
3/31/09 3/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10
Water Rate Revenue $ 3,463,259 $ 3,061,007 $ 27,195,000 $ 27,195,000 $ -

Bulk Water Sales 531,364 532,863 2,154,000 2,154,000 -
Northern Leases 872,559 286,651 1,215,000 1,215,000 -
Water Tap Fees 1,130,210 1,032,235 7,194,000 7,194,000 -
Interest Income 464,847 272,433 902,000 902,000 -
Other Revenues 711,265 1,967,465 1,529,000 6,529,000 5,000,000
Total Revenue $ 7,173,505 $ 7,152,654 $ 40,189,000 $ 45,189,000 $ 5,000,000

• Operating expenditures are tracking in line Water Fund Operating Expenses
5
March 2010
Financial Report
Water Enterprise Fund
2009
Water Rate Revenue 2010
Budget
$5,000,000
$4,500,000
$4,000,000
$3,500,000
$3,000,000
$2,500,000
$2,000,000
$1,500,000
$1,000,000
$500,000
$-
Residential AWC By Year

G (Average Winter Consumption)
A 7,000
L
L 6,360
O 6,500
N
S
6,000
P
E 5,500
R
4,990
M 5,000
O
N 4,500
T
H
6
March 2010
Financial Report
Sewer Enterprise Fund
REVENUE OVERVIEW Total Revenue
Sewer Enterprise Fund
• Currently, year to date sewer $14,000,000
$12,000,000
revenue is up 5.7% compared
$10,000,000 Budget 12/31/10
with the same period in 2009. $8,000,000
Sewer rates increased 4.25% $6,000,000
'09 YE Actual -
'10 YE Prjctd
in 2010 due to an increase in $4,000,000
YTD 03/31
fees the City is charged by $2,000,000
$-
Metro Wastewater which 2009 2010 Budget
treats Thornton’s sewer flows.
• However, residential Average Sewer Rate Revenue

Winter Consumption (AWC) is $850,000
down in 2010, and as a result, $800,000 2009

2010
sewer rate revenue is $750,000
Budget
projected to fall $330K short $700,000
of budgeted expectations by $650,000
year end. $600,000

Sewer Utility Revenues

Projected
3/31/09 3/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10
Sewer Rate Revenue $ 2,321,489 $ 2,454,315 $ 10,030,000 $ 9,700,000 $ (330,000)
Tap Fees 114,603 99,978 782,000 782,000 -
Federal Heights Revenue 177,081 154,143 628,000 628,000 -
Interest Income 47,777 34,164 178,000 178,000 -
Other Revenues 4,184 2,925 264,000 264,000 -
Total Revenue $ 2,665,134 $ 2,745,525 $ 11,882,000 $ 11,552,000 $ (330,000)

• Operating expenditures are tracking in line Sewer Fund Operating Expenses
7
March 2010
Financial Report
Sanitation Enterprise Fund
REVENUE OVERVIEW Total Revenue

Sanitation Enterprise Fund
$5,000,000
• Solid waste revenue is tracking in
line with budgeted expectations. $4,000,000
Budget
12/31/10
$3,000,000
• In 2009, at the time the 2010 '09 YE Actual -
'10 YE Prjctd
budget was established, it was $2,000,000
YTD 03/31
anticipated the City would receive $1,000,000
no revenue from recycling,

$-
however, the City is currently 2009 2010 Budget
receiving $35.30 per ton for

recyclables. Solid Waste Revenue
$375,000
• The City expects to receive $160K
$373,000
in recycling revenue by year-end. 2009
2010
$371,000 Budget
$369,000
$367,000
$365,000
Sanitation Utility Revenues

Projected
3/31/09 3/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10 12/31/10
Solid Waste Revenue $ 1,111,197 $ 1,118,191 $ 4,493,000 $ 4,493,000 $ -
Special Pickups 2,660 2,570 11,500 11,500 -
Recycling Revenue 20,845 26,690 - 160,000 160,000
Interest Income 25,906 18,459 101,000 101,000 -
Other Revenue 8,424 2,592 10,000 10,000 -
Total Revenue $ 1,169,032 $ 1,168,502 $ 4,615,500 $ 4,775,500 $ 160,000

• Operating expenditures are tracking in line Sanitation Fund Expenses
with expectations and current projections have 03/31/10 YTD $ 711,973
spending ending the year within budget. 2010 Budget 4,849,733
Remaining Budget $ 4,137,760
8
st
1 Reading --
May 11,2010 nd
2 Reading N/A Consent Calendar 8A
--
A MOTION APPROVING THE MINUTES OF THE APRIL 27,2010 REGULAR CITY COUNCIL
SUbject:
MEETING. [220-BC]
d
Prepared by: Karren Werft t:JY. Approved by: Jack Ethred;f Ordinance previously introduced
by:
Reviewed by: Jack Ethredge Presented by: Nancy Vince t
City Clerk
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• The official Minutes of the April 27, 2010 Regular City Council Meeting have been prepared by the
City Clerk's Office and are hereby submitted for Council's approval.
• None
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of Minutes as requested.
• None
st
1 Reading
Ma.y 11, 2010 nd
2 Reading X- ~ Consent Calendar 8B
Subject:AN ORDINANCE REPEALING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2764 AND ADOPTING THE

REVISED STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THEXSIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF
PUBLIC AND PRIVATE IMPROVEMENTS, 2010 EDITION. 11
Prepared by: Jason O'Shea Approved by: Jack ElhredJij:> Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Chris Molisa~ Presented by: Chris Malison by: Drennen
Development Director
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• This Ordinance repeals Ordinance Number 2764 and adopts the City of Thornton Standards and
Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public and Private Improvements. 2010 Edition.
• These Standards are necessary to ensure consistency and quality of the public and private
improvements located in the City of Thornton including streets, parks, sewers, water distribution,
storm drainage, and rights-of-way and median areas.
• The Standards and Specifications are not attached due to their volume; however, they are available
in the City Clerk's office for inspection.
• None.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the Ordinance. The revised Standards are necessary to:
o Incorporate general practices not contained in the current Standards.
o Make the City of Thornton more competitive with our surrounding neighbors for future
development.
o Reflect advances in technology and industry best practices.
o Reflect the City staff's organizational changes that have taken place since the last time the
document was updated.
o Help protect the interests of the citizens of Thornton.
• Updating the City's Standards & Specifications is a benchmark on the City Council's Action Plan
under two separate goals: Green Thornton, and Economic Development & Job Creation.
• The Standards & Specifications were first created in 1988, and then expanded in 1993 to include
additional improvements, such as traffic, streets and drainage. Three updates have occurred since
then, but none included significant changes:
o On May 28, 1996, City Council approved Ordinance Number 2420 adopting the Standards and
Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public Improvements, 1996 Edition.
o On July 24, 2000, City Council approved Ordinance Number 2621 adopting the Revised
Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public Improvements, 2000
Edition.
o On May 27, 2003, City Council approved Ordinance Number 2764 adopting the Revised
Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public Improvements, 2003
Edition.
PAGE 2
Significant Changes Proposed to Standards and Specifications:
Changes to make City of Thornton more competitive with surrounding neighbors:
• Consolidated the construction process requirements, making it easier for the development
community to follow the specifications.
• Change the way surety is calculated. The 2003 Specifications and Development Code require a
letter of credit be posted for all work in the right-of-way, but with this revision, commercial
developers will no longer have to post a performance guarantee for 1000/0 of their proposed
private improvements, and instead will post $25,000 plus $1,000 per acre.
• Included water meter capacities to assist them in better sizing their water meters. This will allow
for the development community to better approximate what the development fees will be in
Thornton as they are choosing a site.
• Reduced the cross sections for local streets to a 34-foot flowline to flowline dimension (rather
than 36 feet), saving the developer material costs without reducing safety or fire access. This
alternative will use less oil in construction, and be less expensive for the City to maintain in the
future.
Incorporated general practices not written into the 2003 Standards:
• Included a requirement that underdrain systems, when utilized, be different in color than
sanitary sewer services to avoid confusion for pipe contractors.
• Added requirements for minimum curb radii at all intersections.
• Added the requirements to have school flashing lights, signage and striping in order to improve
overall traffic safety.
• Added details called out in the North Washington Subarea Plan, such as street lights, traffic
poles and color standards, so that these requirements are met by developers in this Corridor.
Reflects advances in technology or industry standard:
• Modified the meter vaults to be consistent with industry standards.
• Adopted most of the recommendations from Urban Drainage with regard to flood control,
allowing the City to keep current with evolving standards and be more consistent with general
practices. The proposed drainage section of the specification provides the City with a higher
standard, including more specific requirements. (i.e. rainfall distribution, reduction of standing
water, and allowable flow depths for minor/major storms in local roadways) than that of the
Urban Drainage Manual.
• Updated the pavement design requirements to match current industry standards, making the
process of laying asphalt in Thornton more efficient. Currently each paving contractor receives
approval for their mix design on a case-by-case basis. With this proposed specification change,
PAGE 3
contractors will receive City approved alternatives to choose from at the beginning of each
paving season, which have been determined by regional paving experts.
• Added a requirement for more durable asphalt for all arterial intersections to reduce the City's
maintenance costs at these locations.
Reflects changes that help protect the interests of the citizens:
• Added requirement for seepage analysis to be completed for all irrigation ditches and bodies of
water.
• Modified the warranty period from one year to two years to allow for more time for City staff to
evaluate the quality of construction, and to lessen the City's burden of infrastructure repair that
occurs due to settlement between the first and second year. During the two-year period, staff
will continue to be a presence in these neighborhoods, with frequent visits to ensure that the site
is in compliance with our National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program, and will be
in contact with the developer if the structural integrity of infrastructure is compromised.
• Strengthened the City's ability to calion surety when the Developer is unresponsive to safety
concerns or warranty requirements.
• Added the requirement to limit the amount of standing water found in drainageways and
detention ponds.
• Updated the sidewalk details to match current ADA standards, inclUding detectable warning
fields and appropriate cross slopes.
Help achieve Council's goal of a Green Thornton:
• Required developers to provide park construction and irrigation as-builts, and also required that
this information be passed on to applicable Homeowners Associations.
• Required developers to provide irrigation plans for residential common areas and commercial
systems to ensure systems are designed correctly and encourage more efficient water usage,
This was included in City Council's 2009 Work Plan.
• Added language to allow for the use of composite sections for public roadways.
INTRODUCED BY: -------"------
Drennen
AN ORDINANCE REPEALING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2764 AND ADOPTING THE

REVISED STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE IMPROVEMENTS, 2010 EDITION.
WHEREAS, the adoption of uniform design and construction standards and

specifications is necessary in order to ensure consistency and quality of the public and
private improvements located in the City of Thornton (City) including streets, parks,
sewers, water distribution, and storm drainage; and
WHEREAS, the City Council approved Ordinance 2764 on May 27,2003, adopting
the Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public
Improvements, 2003 Edition; and
WHEREAS, a comprehensive study and review of the design and construction

standards necessary for the public and private improvements has been completed by the
Infrastructure and City Development Departments; and
WHEREAS, the City of Thornton Standards and Specifications for the Design and
Construction of Public and Private Improvements, 2010 Edition has been reviewed by
the various impacted departments within the City, as well as individuals in the
development community, including professional engineers, developers, architects, and
contractors; and
WHEREAS, the revised City of Thornton Standards and Specifications for the
Design and Construction of Public and Private Improvements, 2010 Edition shall only
apply to Minoi Development Permits, Major Development Permits, and construction
drawings submitted on or after May 11, 2010; and
WHEREAS, the adoption of the revised City of Thornton Standards and

Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public and Private Improvements,
2010 Edition is necessary for the health, safety, and welfare for the citizens of the City of
Thornton and is also found to be a matter of local concern,
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY

1. That Ordinance 2764 is hereby repealed in its entirety.
2. That pursuant to Section 8.2 of the City Charter which requires any act
placing burden or limiting the use of private property shall be by
ordinance, the City of Thornton Standards and Specifications for the
Design and Construction of Public and Private Improvements, 2010
Edition, herein referenced and made fully a part of this ordinance, is
hereby adopted as the Standards and Specifications for the Design and
Construction of Public and Private Improvements within the City of
Thornton and shall supersede any previous standards referenced within
the Code or adopted by the City as standard specifications for the design
and construction of public and private improvements.
3. That the revised City of Thornton Standards and Specifications for the
Design and Construction of Public and Private Improvements, 2010
Edition shall only apply to Minor Development Permits, Major Development
Permits, and construction drawings submitted on or after May 11, 2010.
4. If a portion of this Ordinance is held to be unconstitutional or invalid for

any reason, such decision shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of
the remaining portions of this ordinance. The City Council hereby
declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each part thereof
irrespective of the fact that anyone part be declared unconstitutional or
invalid.
5. The repeal or amendment of any provision of the Code by this Ordinance

shall not release, extinguish, alter, modify, or change in whole or in part
any penalty, forfeiture, or liability either civil or criminal, which shall have
been incurred under such provision, and each provision shall be treated
and held as still remaining in force for the purpose of sustaining any and
all property actions, suits, proceedings, and prosecutions for the
enforcement of the penalty, forfeiture, or liability, as well as for the
purpose of sustaining any judgment, decree, or order which can or may be
rendered, entered, or make in such actions, suits, proceedings, or
prosecutions.
6. This Ordinance shall be approved on second reading.
INTRODUCED, READ, PASSED on first reading, ordered posted in full, and title
ordered published by the City Council of the City of Thornton, Colorado, on
April 27, 2010.
2
PASSED AND ADOPTED on second and final reading on , 2010.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATTEST:
THIS ORDINANCE IS ON FILE IN THE CITY CLERK'S OFFICE FOR PUBLIC

INSPECTION.
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM:
Margaret Emerich, City Attorney
PUBLICATION:
Posted in six (6) public places after first and second ieadings.
Published in the Northglenn-Thornton Sentinel after first reading on May 6. 2010, and
after second and final reading on , 2010.
3
5t
~
1 Reading ."_
May 11~ 2010 nd
2 Reading ----X..- Consent Calendar BC
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 18 OF THE THORNTON CITY CODE AND SECTION

Subject:
1 OF ORDINANCE 2782 TO CODIFY THE FIVE EASTLAKE ZONING DISTRICTS AS SECTIONS 18-
210 TO 18-214, WITH ADDITIONAL AMENDMENTS TO VARIOUS SECTIONS TO INCLUDE
REFERENCES TO THE EASTLAKE ZONING DISTRICTS; AMENDING CHAPTER 18 TO DEFINE
SOLAR COLLECTORS AS AN ACCESSORY USE IN SECTION 18-356(15) AND ADDING
ALLOWANCES FOR SOLAR COLLECTORS IN ALL ZONING DISTRICTS; AMENDING CHAPTER 18
TO REQUIRE NEIGHBORHOOD MEETINGS, INCREASE NOTICE DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS, AND
EXPAND AND UPDATE STREET NAMING AND NUMBERING REQUIREMENTS; AND AMENDING
CHAPTER 18 TO INCORPORATE CRITERIA FOR REVIEW, AMEND APPLICATION PROCESSES,
AND UPDATE THE CODE TO REFLECT EXISTING PRACTICESd
Prepared by: Robin Brown, ~ ..~-~~/
Approved by: Jack Ethredg19 Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Jeff Coder lit} Presented by: Jeff Coder (;r by: _ _T_a_de _
Deputy City Manager - City Dev.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• Chapter 18, also known as the Development Code, is a compilation of the requirements,
standards and performance expectations for permitted land uses in the City of Thornton.
• The intent of the Development Code is to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the
public, and to implement the goals, objectives, and policies of the City's Comprehensive Plan in
accordance with the visions and desires of the community. The proposed Code amendments
are necessary to promote the public health, safety and welfare.
• In order to codify current practices, clarify the intent of some processes, incorporate the
Eastlake zoning districts, encourage business investment and green practices, and update
sections to comply with changes in State statutes and court decisions, additional amendments
to the Development Code are necessary. Those are:
> New or amended regulations that mirror current practices for annexations, subdivision
processes, amendments to the City's Comprehensive Plan, notice and submittal
requirements, street naming and numbering, irrigation construction plans, and required
neighborhood meetings will make the City's policies and expectations clear.
> An application process for economic development projects and formal approval criteria for
Development Code text amendments, Zoning Amendments, Conceptual Site Plans, and
Major Development Permits will create consistency within the Code.
> Increasing the availability of the administrative Minor Development Permit and providing
specific accessory use options for solar collectors and wind energy conversion systems
affords additional opportunities for "green" efforts and business investment. The inclusion of
the solar collector accessory use and the Eastlake zoning districts requires updates to
various sections of the Development Code to include references to the use and districts.
);> Changing the title of and incorporating the existing Eastlake Zoning Districts into the
Development Code.
y Amending the Development Code to prohibit the elimination of nonconforming uses or
nonconforming property design by amortization in order to comply with C.R.S. §38-1-101 et
seq.
y Requiring a public hearing for any text amendment of the Development Code in order to
promote public awareness of any proposed changes and provide an opportunity for public
input.
PAGE 2
• None.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the ordinance in order to codify current practices, clarify the intent
of some processes, incorporate the Eastlake zoning districts, encourage business investment
and green practices, and update sections to comply with changes in State statutes and court
decisions.
PUBLIC NOTICE AND RESPONSE:
• Public Notification: A public notice of the hearing was advertised in the Northglenn-Thornton
Sentinel on April 15, 2010. Residents who attended the community meetings in 2009 and
expressed interest in upcoming changes to the Development Code were noiified by maii of ihe
public hearing, as was the Adams 12 Five Star School District. The Home Builders Association was
also informed of the upcoming public hearing.
• The current Development Code was adopted in 1992, and subsequent, ongoing amendments
have enabled the City to adapt to the needs of the community.
• City Council was presented with an overview of a proposed comprehensive revision of the
Development Code at a Planning Session on January 20, 2009.
• Four community meetings were held during the summer and autumn of 2009 to present the
proposed comprehensive revisions to residents. Meetings were also held with the Businesses
of Thornton Advisory Commission, the Development Permits and Appeals Board, and the
Home Builders Association.
• City Council discussed the amendments included in this ordinance at a Planning Session on March
30,2010, including additional feedback from the Home Builders Association.
INTRODUCED BY: Tade
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTER 18 OF THE THORNTON CITY CODE AND

SECTION 1 OF ORDINANCE 2782 TO CODIFY THE FIVE EASTLAKE ZONING
DISTRICTS AS SECTIONS 18-210 TO 18-214, WITH ADDITIONAL AMENDMENTS
TO VARIOUS SECTIONS TO INCLUDE REFERENCES TO THE EASTLAKE ZONING
DISTRICTS; AMENDING CHAPTER 18 TO DEFINE SOLAR COLLECTORS AS AN
ACCESSORY USE IN SECTION 18-356(15) AND ADDING ALLOWANCES FOR
SOLAR COLLECTORS IN ALL ZONING DISTRICTS; AMENDING CHAPTER 18 TO
REQUIRE NEIGHBORHOOD MEETINGS, INCREASE NOTICE DISTANCE
REQUIREMENTS, AND EXPAND AND UPDATE STREET NAMING AND
NUMBERING REQUIREMENTS; AND AMENDING CHAPTER 18 TO INCORPORATE
CRITERIA FOR REVIEW, AMEND APPLICATION PROCESSES, AND UPDATE THE
CODE TO REFLECT EXISTING PRACTICES.
WHEREAS, Chapter 18 of the City Code, known as the Development Code, is a

compilation of the requirements, standards and performance expectations for land uses
allowed within the City of Thornton; and
WHEREAS, the intent of the Development Code is to promote the health, safety
and general welfare of the public, and to implement the goals, objectives, and policies of
the City’s Comprehensive Plan in accordance with the visions and desires of the
community; and
WHEREAS, the current Development Code was adopted in 1992, and

subsequent, ongoing amendments to this Development Code have enabled the City to
adapt to the needs of the community; and
WHEREAS, the City desires to codify current practices, clarify the intent of some
processes, and encourage business investment and “green” practices, and in order to
accomplish these goals, additional amendments to the Development Code are
necessary; and
WHEREAS, the inclusion of new or amended regulations that mirror current

practices for annexations, subdivision processes, amendments to the City’s
Comprehensive Plan, notice and submittal requirements, street naming and numbering,
irrigation construction plans, and required neighborhood meetings will make the City’s
policies and expectations clear; and
WHEREAS, the inclusion of an application process for economic development

projects and formal approval criteria for Development Code text amendments, Zoning
Amendments, Conceptual Site Plans, and Major Development Permits will create
consistency within the Code; and
WHEREAS, increasing the availability of the administrative Minor Development
Permit and providing specific accessory use options for solar collectors and wind energy
conversion systems affords additional opportunities for “green” efforts and business
investment; and
WHEREAS, zoning requirements for the original Town of Eastlake currently exist
as the Eastlake Preservation/Revitalization zoning districts and the City desires to
change the title of the regulations and adopt them as zoning districts, incorporated as
such in the Development Code; and
WHEREAS, the inclusion of the solar collector accessory use and the Eastlake
zoning districts requires updates to various sections of the Development Code to
include references to the use and districts; and
WHEREAS, in order to comply with court decisions and amendments to State

statutes, additional sections of the Development Code need to be amended; and
WHEREAS, amendment of the Development Code provisions pertaining to

nonconforming uses is necessary to comply with C.R.S. §38-1-101 et seq. which prohibits
the elimination of nonconforming uses or nonconforming property design by amortization;
and
WHEREAS, a requirement for a public hearing for any text amendment of the
Development Code is necessary in order to promote public awareness of any proposed
changes and provide an opportunity for public input; and
WHEREAS, the City finds that these proposed Code amendments are necessary
to promote the public health, safety and welfare.

1. A new section, Section 18-8, of the Code is hereby enacted to read as follows:
Sec. 18-8. Application procedures.

Applications submitted for processing shall meet all of the following criteria:
(1) All applications shall meet all applicable requirements of this chapter and
shall be made on forms specified by the Director.
(2) Authority to file applications.
a. An application for review or approval under this chapter shall be
filed by the person having legal authority to take action in
accordance with the approval sought. The applicant shall be the
record owner, purchaser under a sale, or the duly authorized agent
of the record owner.
2
b. The City Council or the City Manager may initiate applications
under this chapter without an application from affected property
owners.
(3) The appropriate filing fee as established by City Council resolution shall
accompany all applications.
(4) If the applicant chooses to increase the intensity or size of the application
request after public notice of the hearing has been established, and
mailing or postings have occurred, the Director may request a continuance
of the pending hearing for further review and amendment of any
communications prepared for the review and hearing of the application or
request. If the applicant chooses to reduce the intensity or the area
involved in the pending application after public notice of the hearing has
been established, the hearing may be held as publicly noticed.
(5) Complete applications required.
a. An application shall be considered substantially complete if it is
submitted in the required form, includes all required submittal
information, including all items or exhibits specified by the Director,
and is accompanied by the applicable processing fee. Any
application that is not accompanied by the required fees shall not
be accepted. Fees shall not be required with applications initiated
by the City Council or the City Manager. Only substantially
complete applications, as set forth in this provision, shall be
considered an “application” pursuant to C.R.S. § 24-68-101 et seq.,
as amended.
b. The Director shall review an application for completeness. If the
Director determines that the application is substantially complete,
the application shall then be processed pursuant this chapter.
c. If the Director determines that the application is incomplete, the
Director shall notify the applicant of that fact and specify the
specific ways in which the application is deficient. No further
processing of the incomplete application shall occur until the
deficiencies are corrected.
2. Section 18-102 of the Code is hereby amended by the deletion of the words
stricken and the addition of the words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 18-102. Zoning amendments.

(a) Initiation. Zoning amendments shall be initiated as follows:
(1) The Council or the City staff may propose amendments to this chapter or
request changes in a zoning district classification or boundary. The City
staff shall deliver or cause to be delivered a proposed amendment to this
chapter or request for a change in a zoning district classification or
3
boundary to the Council with a staff recommendation. The Thornton
Development Authority (TDA), when in immediate possession of the
property, may also initiate requests to change a zoning district
classification or boundary.
(2) An application for a change in zoning district classification or boundary
shall be filed with the Department in accordance with Section 18-8. An
application for a change in zoning district classification or boundary shall
include all information listed as a requirement on the current Zone
Amendments application checklist issued by the Department, and any
other reasonable and pertinent information that the Director determines to
be necessary for review of the proposed change in zoning district
classification or boundary.A person may request a change in the zoning
district classification or boundary by filing an application with the Director
on a form furnished by the City. The application shall contain, at least, the
following:
a. The application fee.
b. The name, address, telephone number, and signature of the
applicant. If the applicant is not the owner of the lot, the applicant
shall submit a letter from the owner authorizing the applicant to act
on the owner's behalf.
c. The name, address, and telephone number of the owner of the
property. If there is more than one owner, the names, addresses,
and telephone numbers of all owners shall be provided.
d. The street address, if any, and complete legal description of the
property.
(3) If the area of request is adjacent to a public street or alley, the Director
shall extend its boundaries to the centerline of the adjacent street or alley.
If other questions of the boundaries arise, the Director, in consultation with
the applicant, shall resolve them in accordance with the standards in
Section 18-158.
(4) An application for a change in zoning district classification or boundary for
a parcel in which all or any part was the subject of a substantially similar
previous application for zoning, which was denied by the City Council,
shall not be accepted by the City until a period of not less than one year
has elapsed following the date of the City Council denial.
(b) Neighborhood meetings. At least 15 days prior to the required public hearing in
(c) below, the applicant shall conduct a neighborhood meeting to present
information on the proposed change in zoning district classification to property
owners and organizations in close proximity to the subject property. A
neighborhood meeting is not required for a proposed amendment to this chapter.
Proper notice of the meeting shall be mailed at least ten days prior to the
scheduled neighborhood meeting to:
4
(1) All owners of real property lying within 1,500 feet of the boundary of the
area of request. The measurement of the 1,500 feet includes streets and
alleys.
(2) All recognized homeowners’ associations or neighborhood associations
that have provided the City Development Department with notice of their
desire to receive public notices, the geographic boundaries of the area of
concern to the organization, and the address to which the notice is to be
sent. It is the responsibility of the association to keep a current address
on file with the Department.
(b)(c) Council review and action. Council review and action on amendments to this
chapter or zoning district changes shall be subject to the following:
(1) Before the Council holds the public hearing on Aan amendment to this
chapter may be proposed by Council or City Staff. or on Aa request for a
change in a zoning district classification or boundary, requires the
dDirector to shall give notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of
general circulation in the community at least ten days before the hearing.
(2) The Director shall send proper notice of a public hearing on a request for a
change in a zoning district classification or boundary to:
a. tThe property owner of record and all owners of real property lying
within 600 1,500 feet of the boundary of the area of the request.
The measurement of the 600 1,500 feet includes streets and alleys.
b. All recognized homeowners’ associations or neighborhood
associations that have provided the City Development Department
with notice of their desire to receive public notices, the geographic
boundaries of the area of concern to the organization, and the
address to which the notice is to be sent. It is the responsibility of
the association to keep a current address on file with the
Department.
(3) The applicant may not alter, change, amend, enlarge or withdraw a portion
of the application after notices have been mailed for a public hearing.
(3)(4) The applicant shall be responsible for obtaining and posting required signs
for public hearings according to the following:
a. The applicant shall be responsible for obtaining the required
number of notification signs to be posted on the property that is the
subject of the public hearing. The signs shall be obtained from the
City, and the number and location of signs to be posted shall be
determined by the City.
b. The applicant shall post the required number of notification signs on
the property at least ten days before the date of the scheduled
public hearing before the Council. The signs must be posted at the
locations specified by the City and proper posting of the signs by
5
the applicant shall be affirmed by an affidavit of posting signed by
the applicant.
c. If the Council determines that the applicant has failed to comply
with the provisions of this subsection, the Council shall take no
action on the application other than to postpone the public hearing.
(4)(5) The Council shall hold a public hearing on an amendment to this chapter
or on a request for a change in a zoning district classification or boundary.
The Council is not required to hold a public hearing on an amendment to
this chapter.
a. Criteria for amendments to the text of the Development Code. The
City Council may consider the following criteria to evaluate a
Development Code text amendment:
1. The impact of the amendment on the character of the
community.
2. The effect of the amendment on the orderly development of
the community.
3. The consistency between the proposed amendment and the
Comprehensive Plan.
4. The proposed amendment’s consistency with the purposes
of the Code as outlined in Section 18-2.
5. Other information as deemed relevant.
b. Criteria for a change in a zoning district classification or boundary.
The City Council may consider the following criteria to evaluate a
change in a zoning district classification or boundary:
1. Growth and other development factors in the community
support changing the zoning.
2. The change in zoning represents orderly development of the
City and there are, or are planned to be, adequate services
and infrastructure to support the proposed zoning change
and existing uses in the area.
3. The change in zoning provides for an appropriate use of the
property.
4. The change in zoning is in substantial conformance with the
goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan and other
adopted plans and policies of the City.
5. The proposed zoning is sensitive to and compatible with the
existing and planned use and development of adjacent
properties.
6. The amendment to the Official Map is being initiated by the
City to rectify an error.
6
(5)(6) An amendment to this chapter or request for a change in a zoning district
classification or boundary shall be approved by the favorable vote of a
majority of the quorum of Council.
(6)(7) When the Council passes an amending ordinance, the City Clerk shall file
the amending ordinance in the official City records.
Sec. 18-104. Administrative development review process for economic

development projects.
(a) Purpose and intent. An application for a Conceptual Site plan, plat or
development permit which is found by the City Council to create significant
economic benefits or redevelopment benefits for the City, and where these
benefits will be realized earlier by accelerated development review, may be
approved by the City Council to follow the administrative process as outlined in
this section. Developments shall at a minimum satisfy the qualifications stated
below.
(b) Initiation and application. Applicants seeking administrative development review
shall submit an application to the Director on a form provided by the Department.
This application is in addition to the application(s) required for the approval
sought.
(b)(c) Qualifications for administrative development review process. To qualify for the
administrative process, the application shall meet the following requirements:
(1) The application shall be for non-residential or mixed use developments
where at least 50 percent of the development is non-residential.
(2) The application does not require a zone change or a Specific Use permit.
If the application requires a zone change or Specific Use permit, a
concurrent application for the administrative development review process
may be submitted. Upon City Council approval of the zone change or
Specific Use permit, City Council may designate the application for plat or
development permit as administrative development review.
(3) The application meets the requirements for the zoning district in which it is
located.
(4) The use will not be a detriment to the public health, safety or welfare.
(5) The use will significantly increase sales, use or property taxes or other
revenues to the City; or significantly increase employment; or advance the
redevelopment of property; or provide other significant benefits as
determined by the City Council.
(c)(d) Process for administrative development review.
7
(1) An application shall be made to the City Council to use the administrative
development review process, and the decision is in the sole discretion of
the City Council. If the City Council authorizes the process by resolution,
the procedures in this section shall govern the review of the Conceptual
Site plan, plat, or development permit. In the event the applicant does not
submit a complete application or does not make timely revisions to the
application, then the City Manager may terminate the administrative
development review. The applicant may at any time terminate this process
and follow the requirements of Chapter 18 for development review by the
Board and City Council. The Administrative Development Review process
shall not create for an applicant any substantive right not created in the
Conceptual Site plan, plat, or development permit processes.
(2) Upon a determination by the City Council that a development may follow
the administrative development review process, the applicant shall file a
complete application with the City Development Department for a
Conceptual Site plan, plat or development permit. The application shall
meet all the requirements of Code for a Conceptual Site plan, plat or
development permit.
(3) Upon review of the application by the City Development Department, the
Planning Director shall prepare a report for the City Manager regarding
compliance of the application with the Code and this section.
(4) The City Manager may approve, approve with modifications, deny or refer
the application to the City Council for a final determination. Following the
decision of the City Manager, any applicant may resubmit an application
for Conceptual Site plan, plat or development permit and follow the
requirements of Chapter 18 for development review by the Board and City
Council.
Sec. 18-105. Comprehensive Plan amendments.

(a) Applicability and purpose. To reflect changing conditions in the community, the
Comprehensive Plan may be amended from time to time in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this section. Comprehensive Plan amendments include
Master Plans, Area Plans and Subarea Plans as may be adopted by the City,
and amendments to the Comprehensive Plan.
(b) Initiation. The amendment shall be initiated by the City or property owner of the
requested area.
(c) Application. An application for amendment to the Comprehensive Plan shall be
filed with the Department in accordance with Section 18-8.
(d) Notice. The City shall publish notice of public hearing for a proposed major
amendment in a newspaper of general circulation in the community at least ten
days before the hearing.
8
(e) City Council action. The City Council shall hold a public hearing on a proposed
major amendment. The City Council may approve, deny or amend the
application.
(f) Criteria. The City Council may consider the following criteria to evaluate a Major
Comprehensive Plan amendment:
(1) There has been a change in the area or in the conditions on which the
current designation was based which warrants the amendment.
(2) The proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment is sensitive to the existing
land uses and is compatible with the existing adjacent land use
designations.
(3) The amendment will provide for orderly physical growth of the City, and
foster safe, convenient and walkable neighborhoods and shopping
districts.
(4) There are or are planned to be adequate transportation, recreation, utility
and other facilities to accommodate the uses and densities permitted by
the proposed Comprehensive Plan designation.
(5) The proposed change is in substantial conformance with the goals and
policies of the Comprehensive Plan and other adopted plans and policies.
(6) The proposed amendment is consistent with current zoning of the site
unless a zoning change application is under concurrent review.
(7) The proposed amendment corrects an error in the current Comprehensive
Plan adoption.
(8) Events, trends, or facts evident after adoption of the Comprehensive Plan
have changed the City Council’s original findings made upon plan
adoption.
(9) Events, trends or facts evident after adoption of the Comprehensive Plan
have changed the character or condition of the community so as to make
the proposed amendment necessary.
(10) Other changes to the Comprehensive Plan are deemed necessary by the
City.
(g) Appeal. A Comprehensive Plan amendment decision of the City Council may be
appealed only to the courts, as provided by law.
(h) Minor amendments. Minor amendments to the Comprehensive Plan shall be to
update statistical or quantitative information, to correct previous errors or
omissions and to correct narrative or graphic information. The Director shall
initiate minor amendments and shall forward the proposed amendments to the
City Council for review and action.
(i) Major amendments. Substantial changes to the text, or significant updates to
information or addition of elements to the Plan shall be in the interest of
promoting the health, safety and general welfare of the community. Such
9
changes, as well as Land Use Map amendments, shall be in accordance with the
criteria in (f) above.
Sec. 18-106. Annexation

(a) Applicability and purpose. To accommodate growth and expansion of the
municipal boundary in a purposeful manner, and to ensure that all such growth
and expansion is accommodated according to applicable regulations, all
annexations of land into the City shall comply with the procedures set forth within
this section.
(b) Statutory procedures. All annexation of unincorporated territory to the City shall
comply with the requirements in the Municipal Annexation Act, C.R.S. 31-12-101,
et seq., as amended. Except for unilateral annexation or annexation upon
election, an Annexation Agreement may be required based upon attributes of a
particular property, and if required, will be negotiated between the applicant and
the City, and signed by the applicant before an annexation petition will be
accepted by the City Council.
(c) Initiation. The City or a property owner may initiate an annexation.
(d) Application. An application for annexation shall be filed with the Department in
accordance with Section 18-8 and C.R.S. 31-12-104 through 108.5, as amended.
(e) Neighborhood meetings. At least 15 days prior to the required public hearing,
the applicant shall conduct a neighborhood meeting to present information on the
annexation to property owners and organizations in close proximity to the subject
property. Proper notice of the meeting shall be mailed at least ten days prior to
the scheduled neighborhood meeting to:
alleys.
(f) Zoning. In accordance with Colorado State law.
(g) Criteria. The City Council may consider the following criteria in evaluating an
annexation application:
(1) The annexation is in compliance with the Municipal Annexation Act.
10
(2) The annexation is in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan, and the
best interests of the City would be served by annexation of the subject
property.
Sec. 18-124. Conceptual Site Plan Review.

(c) Application requirements. Application for Conceptual Site Plan is subject to the
following:
(1) Application for a Conceptual Site Plan is made to the Director on a form
furnished by the CityDepartment and in accordance with Section 18-8.
The application shall be complete and provide all required and necessary
information. The application must contain the name, address, telephone
number, and signature of the applicant. The application for a Conceptual
Site Plan (CSP) must include all information listed as a requirement within
the current Conceptual Site Plan application checklist issued by the
Department, and any other reasonable and pertinent information that the
Director determines to be necessary for CSP review. If the applicant is not
the owner of the property or lot, the applicant shall submit a letter from the
owner authorizing the applicant to act on the owner's behalf. However, the
Secretary of the Thornton Development Authority may submit an
application without an owner letter if the property is in the Thornton
Development Authority Area and has been designated as a Project by the
Authority.
(2) The appropriate fee as set forth in the fee schedule established by
resolution of the Council.
(3) A preliminary drainage and utility report pursuant to current City policy.
(4) A preliminary traffic report pursuant to current City policy.
(5) The Conceptual Site Plan shall be submitted in accordance with a
checklist furnished by the City Development Department.
(6)(2) The Director may waive one or more submission requirements if the
submission requirement is not applicable given the nature of the
Conceptual Site Plan being requested.
(d) Conceptual Site Plan submission requirements. The package of plans submitted
as part of the application for Conceptual Site Plan review shall contain the
following specific information.
(1) The general land uses and their location.
(2) Present zoning on the property, zoning within 300 feet adjacent to the
property and any proposed zoning changes.
11
(3) The location of any existing buildings on or immediately adjacent to the
site.
(4) The boundary of the site.
(5) The location of adjacent property lines, existing easements, burial
grounds, railroad rights-of-way, watercourses, irrigation ditches, gas and
oil wells and leases.
(6) The gross area of the property.
(7) The net land area of the property.
(8) The total number of lots and tracts.
(9) The total number of buildable lots.
(10) Pedestrian and vehicular ingress and egress.
(11) Internal circulation requirements.
(12) Maximum/minimum square footage.
(13) Maximum building height.
(14) Minimum building setback.
(15) Areas on the property to be landscaped and their dimensions.
(16) If residential, total dwelling units.
(17) If non-residential, maximum floor area ratio.
(18) Architectural materials of all proposed buildings.
(19) Proposed phasing plan.
(20) The location and dimensions of all existing rights-of-way, alleys, other
public ways or private drives within or immediately adjacent to the
property.
(21) All existing and proposed median cuts and driveway locations within 250
feet of the property or lot.
(22) All areas proposed for dedication or reservation.
(23) All environmentally sensitive areas, areas of environmental hazards, and
significant environmental features such as trees, woodlands, lakes, bluffs,
ditches, streams, wetlands and floodplains.
(24) Topography on the property and within 300 feet of the property.
(25) Contain any other reasonable and pertinent information that the Director
determines to be necessary for Conceptual Site Plan review.
(e)(d) Technical review of Conceptual Site Plan. Technical review of a Conceptual Site
Plan shall be as follows:
12
(1) Once the Director has determined that the application is complete,
technical review shall start. During technical review, the application shall be
evaluated by the City staff as necessary to determine compliance with:
a.(1) Provisions of the zoning ordinance and Comprehensive Plan.
b.(2) Performance standards and criteria listed in Subsection (dg) of this
section.
c.(3) Other applicable development regulations, standards, requirements, or
plans adopted by the Council.
(e) Neighborhood meetings. At least 15 days prior to the required public hearing in
(f) below, the applicant shall conduct a neighborhood meeting to present
information on the proposed change in zoning district classification to property
owners and organizations in close proximity to the subject property. A
neighborhood meeting is not required for a proposed amendment to this chapter.
Proper notice of the meeting shall be mailed at least ten days prior to the
scheduled neighborhood meeting to:
alleys.
(f) Council review of a Conceptual Site Plan. A Conceptual Site Plan is subject to
Council review as follows:
(1) All Conceptual Site Plans shall be reviewed under the requirements of this
subsection. The Council shall hold a public hearing to allow proponents
and opponents of an application for a Conceptual Site Plan to present
their views.
(2) Before the Council holds the public hearing on an application for a
Conceptual Site Plan, the Director shall give notice of the public hearing in
a newspaper of general circulation in the community at least ten days
before the hearing.
Conceptual Site Plan to:
a. tThe owner of the property and all owners of real property lying
within 600 1,500 feet of the boundary of the area of request. The
measurement of the 600 1,500 feet includes streets and alleys.
b. All recognized homeowners’ associations or neighborhood
associations that have provided the City Development Department
13
with notice of their desire to receive public notices, the geographic
boundaries of the area of concern to the organization, and the
address to which the notice is to be sent. It is the responsibility of
the association to keep a current address on file with the
Department.
a.c. The applicant may not alter, change, amend, enlarge, or withdraw a
portion of the application after notices have been mailed for a public
hearing without the approval of the Council.
(4) The applicant shall be responsible for obtaining and posting required signs
public hearing before the Council. The signs must be posted at the
locations specified by the City, and proper posting of the signs by
the applicant shall be affirmed by an affidavit of posting signed by
the applicant.
c. If the Council determines that the applicant has failed to comply
with the provisions of this Subsection (f)(4), the Council shall take
no action on the application other than to postpone the public
hearing.
(5) The Council shall make its decision on an application for a Conceptual
Site Plan based on staff reports from the Director, other evidence
presented at the public hearing, and on findings that the application meets
the requirements of this chapter and other applicable development
regulations, standards, requirements, or plans adopted by the Council and
as outlined in Subsection (g) below.
(6) The Council shall make explicit its rationale for approving, approving with
conditions, or denying an application for a Conceptual Site Plan. Staff
shall make a record of the public hearing and the resulting actions for
each application.
(7) The actions of the Council shall be considered final.
(g) Criteria. The City Council may consider the following criteria used in evaluating
the Conceptual Site Plan.
(1) The proposed project is Cconsistentcy with the Comprehensive Plan and
all requirements of this chapter.
14
(2) The proposed project is Cconsistentcy with or conditioned on the current
zoning on the property or conditioned on the approval of an existing
application for a zoning district amendment.
(3) The Conceptual Site Plan is in Ccompliance with all applicable use,
development and design standards set forth in this Code.
(4) Consistency with policies in place regarding the development of land in
the City.Adequate facilities and services exist or are planned by the
project to serve the development at the time of construction.
(5) Compatibility with the surrounding area is demonstrated by proposed
improvements, including screening and buffering that has been provided
to minimize impacts to adjacent uses.
(6) Other credible evidence presented at the public hearing.
Sec. 18-126. Development Permit review.

(c) Application requirements. Application for Development Permit review is subject to
the following:
(1) Application for a Development Permit is made to the Director on a form
furnished by the City Department and in accordance with Section 18-8.
The application for a Development Permit shall include all information
listed as a requirement within the current Development Permit application
checklist issued by the Department, and any other reasonable and
pertinent information that the Director determines to be necessary for
Development Permit review. The application shall contain the following
information:
a. The name, address, telephone number, and signature of the
on the owner's behalf. However, the Secretary of the Thornton
Development Authority may submit an application without an owner
letter if the property is in the Thornton Development Authority Area
and has been designated as a Project by the Authority.
b. The name, address, telephone number of the owner of the lot. If
there is more than one owner, the names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of all owners shall be provided.
c. The street address and complete legal description of the lot.
d. A brief description of all existing and proposed uses on the lot. If
the request involves a TUP or an SUP, the applicant shall so
indicate. The Director may require additional information, if
necessary for the evaluation of the TUP or SUP.
15
e. Site plan, landscaping plan, and architectural plans and other
information that the Director determines to be necessary for the
review of the Development Permit application shall be submitted at
the same time with cross references between the various
components. The Director may waive the requirement for one or
more of these plans if they are not applicable given the nature of
the Development Permit being requested. Plans submitted under
this section shall:
1. Include 25 folded, blue or black line copies, and one set of
photographic original, four-mil mylar sheets shall be required
to be submitted to the City following approval of the
Development Permit;
2. All copies shall have a scale of one inch equals 100 feet or
larger (e.g., one inch equals 50 feet, or one inch equals 40
feet, etc.) and shall be on a standard drawing sheet of a size
not to exceed 36 inches by 48 inches. In the event a single
sheet is not practicable, multiple sheets may be used if, on
each sheet:
i. Match lines are indicated; and
ii. A composite drawing is provided that shows the entire
development, location of the match lines, sheet
numbers, and the location of the sheet within the
proposed development by the shading in of the
appropriate area on the composite;
3. Include a location diagram showing the position of the lot in
relation to surrounding streets;
4. Contain title, block and reference information pertaining to
the lot and plan, including the name of the project, the
names of persons responsible for preparing the plan, the
zoning classification of the lot, the scale of the plan, both
graphic and numeric, and the date of submission with
provisions for dating revisions;
5. Show the dimensions of the lot and indicate lot area in both
square feet and acres; and
6. Include an 8.5- by 11-inch black and white illustration of
each plan suitable for photography showing sufficient detail,
but general enough to be legible.
f.b. The Director may waive one or more submission requirements of a
site plan, landscape plan, or architectural plan if the submission
requirement is not applicable given the nature of the Development
Permit being requested.
16
(2) In addition to the materials listed in Subsection (c)(1) of this section, an
application for a Development Permit shall include the following: evidence
of good faith attempts to relocate any prairie dog colonies found to be
existing on the real property to be developed in accordance with Section
6-21 of the Code.
a. The appropriate fee as set forth in the fee schedule established by
resolution of the Council;
b. A phase III drainage report, pursuant to the City's Standards and
Specifications for the Design and Construction of Public
Improvements, if deemed necessary by the Development
Engineering Manager; and
c. A final water and sanitary sewer impact analysis, pursuant to the
City's Standards and Specifications for the Design and Construction
of Public Improvements, if deemed necessary by the Development
Engineering Manager.
d. Evidence of good faith attempts to relocate any prairie dog colonies
found to be existing on the real property to be developed in
accordance with Section 6-21 of the Code.
(3) All applications involving wireless telecommunication facilities requiring a
Development Permit or Specific Use Permit, except amateur
telecommunication facilities requiring such permits, shall provide the
following items in addition to standard application requirements.
a. Inventory of sites. Each applicant for a telecommunication facility
shall provide to the City Development Department a narrative and
map description of the applicant's existing or then current land use
applications for proposed telecommunication towers within a two-
mile radius of the proposed site regardless of the City's boundary.
This provision is not intended to require that the applicant submit its
business plan, propriety information, or make commitments
regarding the location of towers within the City. Rather, it is an
attempt to provide a mechanism for the City and all applicants for
telecommunication facilities to share general information, assist in
the City's comprehensive planning process, and promote co-
location by identifying areas in which telecommunication towers
might be appropriately constructed for multiple users.
The City Development Department may share such information
with other applicants applying for administrative approvals or
Special Use Permits or other organizations seeking to locate
antennae within the jurisdiction of the City. The City may only share
this information provided that the City Development Department is
not in any way representing or warranting that such sites are
available or suitable unless a more stringent compliance schedule
is mandated by the controlling federal agency.
17
b. Justification for new commercial towers. No new commercial towers
shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to the
reasonable satisfaction of the City that existing commercial towers
or attachments to existing structures cannot accommodate the
applicant's needs. Evidence of this condition may consist of the
following:
1. Proof that no existing telecommunication facilities or
structures within a 1000-foot radius of the proposed site are
suitable to meet the applicant's technical requirements;
2. Proof that existing freestanding telecommunication facilities
or structures do not have sufficient structural strength to
support the applicant's proposed antenna and related
equipment;
3. Proof that the applicant's proposed antenna would cause
electromagnetic interference with the antennae on the
existing towers or structures, or the antennae on the existing
towers or structures would cause interference with the
applicant's proposed antenna; or
4. An affirmative demonstration that there are other limiting
factors rendering existing towers and structures unsuitable.
c. Plot plan. When the proposed wireless telecommunication facility is
to include a new commercial tower, a plot plan at a scale of not less
than one inch equal to 100 feet shall be submitted. This plot plan
shall indicate all building uses within 300 feet of the proposed
facility. Aerial photos and/or renderings may be required by the
Director to augment the plot plan.
d. Legal access. Evidence of legal access to the tower site and the
ability to maintain this access regardless of other developments
that may take place on the site.
e. Interference. The applicant shall provide a written statement from a
qualified radio frequency engineer, certifying that a technical
evaluation of existing and proposed facilities indicates no potential
interference problems.
f. Compliance with FCC requirements. A letter from the applicant
stating that the proposed facility will meet all requirements
established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
g. Submittal of FCC license. If the proposed facility requires a FCC
license, a copy of a valid FCC license, if available, or a letter from
the applicant stating that they will submit to the City Development
Department a copy of the FCC license when issued.
18
h. Authorization by property owner for submittal of application. Proof
of ownership, copy of a valid lease agreement for the site, or letter
from the legal owner authorizing submittal of the application.
The Director may waive any or all of the requirements of this Subsection
18-126(c)(3). Requests for waivers shall be submitted in writing to the
Director, prior to or concurrent with the application for the Development
Permit.
(4) All applications for amateur telecommunication facilities requiring a
Development Permit, shall provide the following items in addition to
standard application requirements:
a. Compliance with FCC requirements. A letter from the applicant
stating that the proposed facility will meet all requirements
established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
b. Submittal of FCC license. If the proposed facility requires a FCC
license, a copy of a valid FCC license, if available, or a letter from
the applicant stating that they will submit to the City Development
Department a copy of the FCC license when issued.
(5) If the City determines that a Development Permit application is likely to
result in improvements that require assurances of completion in
accordance with Section 18-7 or if the subdivision has not met these
requirements at the time of subdivision, this information shall be submitted
and approved before final approval of a Development Permit.
(6) The package of plans submitted as part of the application for Development
Permit review shall contain the specific information outlined in the
following subsections City application forms.
(d) Site plan submission requirements. Site plans shall:
(1) Show or describe the building envelope for each existing and proposed
building on the lot;
(2) Show the location and dimensions of all existing streets; alleys;
easements for utilities, streets, and other purposes; floodplains, as defined
by the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA), and/or
other official drainage information;
(3) Show all areas proposed for dedication or reservation;
(4) Show all environmentally sensitive areas and areas of environmental
hazards;
(5) Show zoning setback lines and building lines for each existing and
proposed building on the lot;
(6) Show all existing and proposed points of ingress and egress to the lot and,
for those lots adjacent to an arterial thoroughfare, indicate estimated peak
hour turning movements to and from existing and proposed public and
private streets and alleys;
19
(7) Show all existing and proposed median cuts and driveway locations within
250 feet of the lot;
(8) Show all existing and proposed off-street parking and loading areas,
indicating the general dimensions of parking bays, aisles, and driveways,
and the number of cars to be accommodated in each row of parking
spaces;
(9) Show all existing and proposed provisions for pedestrian circulation on the
lot, including sidewalks, walkways, crosswalks, and pedestrian plazas;
(10) Show the location and indicate the type of any special traffic regulation
facilities proposed or required;
(11) Show the existing and proposed topography of the lot using contours of
two feet or less. Existing contours shall be shown with dashed lines and
proposed contours shall be shown with solid lines;
(12) Show the location and indicate the type of any existing or proposed
mechanical or electronic equipment capable of producing noise that
crosses the lot line;
(13) Contain, in tabulated form in a conspicuous place on the plan, the zoning
classification of the lot, the lot area in square feet and acres, total building
floor area and the floor area for each use on the lot in square feet, the
floor area ratio of the lot, square footage and percentages of building
coverage and nonpermeable coverage of the lot, and number of off-street
parking spaces required and number of off-street parking spaces
provided;
(14) Describe how the site plan meets the site plan design regulations in
Section 18-801; and
determines to be necessary for site plan review.
(e) Landscape plan submission requirements. Landscape plans shall:
(1) Show the location of significant environmental features such as trees,
woodlands, lakes, bluffs, drainageways, streams, wetlands and
floodplains;
(2) Show the existing and proposed location and dimensions of all manmade
landscape elements on the lot, including light standards, planter boxes,
retaining walls, fences, and other structures;
(3) Show the existing location of major plant materials, including all trees
equal to or over four inches in caliper and indicating which of these
existing plants will be removed, retained, or relocated;
(4) Show the approximate location, general type, size and species of all
proposed plant materials;
20
(5) Contain, in tabular form, information on the proposed plant materials
showing quantity by general materials category and size at the time of
installation, and quantity by type of location on the lot (e.g., parking lot
islands, street frontages, park areas, etc.);
(6) Contain in written form, information on:
a. Who will have responsibility for maintenance of the landscaping
shown on the plan, both manmade elements and plant materials;
b. The manner in which lawn areas in the landscaping plan are to be
established; and
c. The nature of the existing soils on the lot and any plans to enhance
the existing soils prior to planting;
d. The exterior materials and colors of all manmade landscape
elements shown on the plan; and
determines to be necessary for landscape plan review.
(f) Architectural plan submission requirements. Architectural plans shall:
(1) Show front, side, and rear elevations of all existing and proposed
structures on the lot;
(2) Show a reasonable likeness to the materials and colors proposed for the
structures on the lot;
(3) Declare the proposed use of the building and indicate one category of
design review criteria in Section 18-532 under which the proposed
architectural plan is to be reviewed;
(4) Describe how they comply with design regulations in Section 18-531; and
determines to be necessary for design review.
(g)(d) Initial review by Director. The initial review of the Development Permit by the
Director is subject to the following:
(1) A person considering application for a Development Permit is encouraged
to contact the Director and discuss the proposal with the Department. At
this preapplication conference the Director shall:
a. Determine if a Development Permit is required by applying the
criteria in Subsection (b) of this section;
b. Review the submission requirements and identify, to the extent
possible, any additional items required due to the nature of the
specific project;
c. Review the process that will be followed and provide a general time
frame for action; and
21
d. Provide the applicant with an approved application form and identify
the planner-in-charge.
(2) When an applicant submits a formal application for a Development Permit,
the Director shall determine if the application is complete. If the application
is not complete the applicant shall be notified in writing with a list of
specific items necessary to complete the application.
(h)(e) Minor Development Permit process. The process for a Minor Development
Permit shall be as follows:
(1) All land use, development and improvements of any type funded by the
City and constructed on property owned by the City shall be exempt from
the Minor Development Permit process requirements of this section.
(2) The Director shall determine if the application for a Development Permit
may be processed as a Minor Development Permit that may be approved
by the Director. The Director may use a Minor Development Permit
process if:
a. The application is for a TUP as defined in Section 18-228.
b. The application is for new construction that:
1. Does not exceed 600 square feet, or 20 percent of existing
floor area, whichever is less;
2. Does not change the essential character of the existing
development on or around the site;
3. Does not involve a change in use that would require an SUP;
and
4. Is located in an area of the site that is not and in the
foreseeable future will not be visible by the general public.
1. Is a new nonresidential building or addition of between 480
square feet and 1,000 square feet in floor area;
2. Is a new residential accessory building of between 480
square feet and 768 square feet in area; or
3. Is for a private accessory community center building.
c. The application is for a renovation project which:
1. Is for an existing site under 20,000 square feet or an existing
building under of between 480 square feet and 5,000 square
feet;
2. Does not change the essential character of the existing
development;
3. Does not involve a change in existing building height, floor
area, or nonpermeable coverage of the site by more than 20
percent;
22
4. Does not involve a change in use that would require an SUP;
and
5. Does not substantially alter a feature of a project to which
the Board, in a previously approved Development Permit,
has attached a particular condition or requirement.; and
6. Is located in an area of the site that is not and in the
foreseeable future will not be visible by the general public.
d. The application is for the renovation of an existing building that
significantly changes the architectural character of the building,
including but not limited to:
1. Changes in exterior building materials;
2. Increasing or decreasing the openings in the building’s
façade by more than ten percent; and
3. Changes to the cornice line or slope of the roof.
e. The application is for a renovation project that includes façade
changes such as replacement of fascia or exterior façade covering,
or a change of the exterior colors as opposed to normal building
maintenance.
f. The application is for the amendment of any approved Minor
Development Permit or Major Development permit that does not:
1. Change by more than ten percent the maximum density for
any residential use area, floor area ratio for nonresidential
development, or height for any allowed structures or
buildings;
2. Reduce the minimum setbacks or yards required by more
than ten percent;
3. Decrease the amount of required off-street parking by more
than ten percent;
4. Reduce the size of or number of plantings within common
open spaces, landscaping, or buffering by more than ten
percent;
5. Change the size of the approved development or use by
more than ten percent;
6. Significantly modify a condition imposed by the Board or City
Council; and
7. Significantly affect the character of the development or
significantly impact neighboring property;
d.g. The application is for any of the following types of wireless
telecommunication facilities:
23
1. Amateur telecommunication facilities in the Agricultural
District.
2. Amateur telecommunications antennae either attached to an
existing structure other than a tower or ground-mounted that
exceed the height limit of the district in which the antenna is
located, up to a height of 75 feet.
3. Attachments to existing structures (as defined in Section 18-
3 under wireless telecommunication facility) that meet the
criteria in Section 18-356(7) of this chapter, where the
attachment is to a roof surface that is not horizontal.
4. The strengthening or replacement of any approved and
existing wireless telecommunication facility in order to
correct damage, wear, structural support, or to facilitate co-
location provided that the resulting facility is substantially the
same in design and extent as the original facility.
5. For townhouses, condominiums, multiple dwellings,
retirement housing, college dormitories, fraternity and
sorority houses, up to two television reception dishes per
main building if each dish has a diameter of ten feet or less
and the combined diameter of the dishes is 12.5 feet or less.
For purposes of this provision, dishes having a diameter less
than 40 inches are not counted.
Dishes may be clustered in specific locations in a
development subject to approval as part of the Minor
Development Permit review.
6. Nonresidential zoning districts.
i. For freestanding office, single-tenant retail, industrial,
and multi-tenant buildings 25,000 square feet or less
in size, up to five television reception dishes if each
dish is 12 feet or less in diameter, and the combined
total diameter of the dishes does not exceed 40 feet.
For purposes of this provision, dishes less than 40
inches in diameter are not counted.
ii. For multi-tenant buildings over 25,000 square feet in
size, five television reception dishes if each dish is 12
feet or less in diameter, plus one additional dish of 12
feet or less in diameter for each additional 50,000
square feet of floor area, where the combined total
diameter of all dishes is no more than 120 feet. For
purposes of this provision, dishes less than 40 inches
in diameter are not counted.
24
Dishes may be clustered in specific locations in a
development subject to approval as part of the Minor
Development Permit review.
(3) Notwithstanding the authority of the Director to review and approve a
Development Permit under the Minor Development Permit process, the
Director shall have the discretion to transmit any Development Permit
application to the Board for review upon a determination that the public
interest would best be served by doing so.
(4) If the application is complete and involves a project that meets the
requirements of a Minor Development Permit process, the Director shall
approve an application if it meets all applicable standards and criteria in
this chapter and other City codes, or the Director:
a. May approve the application with reasonable conditions that would
result in an application that meets all applicable standards and
criteria in this chapter; or
b. Shall deny the application if it does not meet the standards and
criteria in this chapter and reasonable conditions are not available
that would allow approval.
(5) If the Director denies the application, the applicant shall be sent written
notice of the decision and shall have ten days from the postmark on the
notification letter to request a public hearing before the Board. A request
shall be made in writing to the Director.
(i)(f) Board review of Major Development Permit. A Major Development Permit is
subject to Board review as follows:
(1) All Development Permit applications which do not meet the requirements
of the Minor Development Permit process shall be reviewed under the
requirements of this subsection. The Board shall hold a public hearing to
allow proponents and opponents of an application for a Major
Development Permit to present their views.
(2) Before the Board holds the public hearing on an application for a
Development Permit, the Director shall give notice of the public hearing in
a newspaper of general circulation in the community at least ten days
before the hearing.
Development Permit to all owners of real property lying within 300 1,500
feet of the boundary of the area of request. The measurement of the 300
1,500 feet includes streets and alleys. The applicant may not alter,
change, amend, enlarge, or withdraw a portion of the application after
notices have been mailed for a public hearing without the approval of the
Board.
(4) The applicant shall be responsible for obtaining and posting required signs
25
public hearing before the Board. The signs must be posted at the
locations specified by the City, and proper posting of the signs by
the applicant shall be affirmed by a notarized affidavit of posting
signed by the applicant.
c. If the Board determines that the applicant has failed to comply with
the provisions of this Subsection (i)(4), the Board shall take no
action on the application other than to continue the public hearing.
(5) The Board shall use the following criteria to evaluate a Major Development
Permit:make its decision on an application for a Development Permit
based on staff reports from the Director, other evidence presented at the
public hearing, and on findings that the application
a. The proposed development is consistent with an approved
Conceptual Site Plan for the property; and
b. The proposed development meets the requirements of this chapter
and other applicable development regulations, standards,
requirements, or plans adopted by the Council.
(6) The Board shall make explicit its rationale for approving, approving with
conditions, or denying an application for a Development Permit. Staff shall
make a record of the public hearing and the resulting actions for each
application. The Council shall be notified of the Board's action not later
than their next regularly scheduled meeting.
(7) The actions of the Board shall be considered final unless appealed to the
Council within ten days following the Board's decision.
(j)(g) Appeals of Major Development Permit actions of Board.
(1) All Development Permit applications which do not meet the requirements
of the Minor Development Permit process shall be appealed under the
requirements of this subsection. The following parties may appeal an
action of the Board to the Council for review and final approval concerning
Major Development Permit or SUP applications:
a. The applicant, in the case of a denial or approval with conditions;
b. The Council, when it feels that the application is one that requires
the review of the Council; or
c. Any affected party, which is defined as:
26
1. Any person who was notified in writing because the person
is within 300 feet of the subject property; or
2. An individual who is harmed or negatively impacted by the
actions of the Board's decision.
(2) An appeal by the applicant or by any affected party shall be made in
writing to the Director within ten days following the action of the Board.
(3) An appeal by the Council shall not be construed to establish a position by
any Councilmember on the appeal. An appeal by the Council shall require
a request by one or more Councilmembers at a regular or special Council
meeting within the period of appeal provided in Subsection (j)(2) of this
section to review the decision of the Board.
(4) In hearing an appeal or reviewing the decision of the Board on its own
request, the Council shall conduct a new public hearing. The standard of
review shall be the performance standards or criteria contained in this
chapter or other written document or plan adopted by the Council.
(5) The Council may remand the application for additional evidentiary findings
or for an additional public hearing, or may uphold, overturn or amend the
Board's decision.
(6) The Council shall make explicit its rationale for overturning a decision of
the Board. Staff shall, in the case of Council approvals and conditional
approvals, make them a part of any required Development Permit.
Sec. 18-156. Zoning districts established.

(a) In order to regulate the use of land and buildings and to regulate the location,
height, bulk and the size of buildings and other structures built on the land, six
seven residential and nine thirteen nonresidential zoning districts are created.
These zoning districts are as follows:
(1) Agricultural District (A);
(2) Residential Estate District (RE);
(3) Single-Family Detached (SFD);
(4) Single-Family Attached (SFA);
(5) Multifamily District (MF);
(6) Manufactured Home District (MH);
(6)(7) Eastlake Residential District (ER);
(7)(8) Neighborhood Services District (NS);
(8)(9) Community Retail District (CR);
27
(9)(10) Regional Commercial District (RC);
(10)(11) Business Park District (BP);
(11)(12) City Center District (CC);
(12)(13) Industrial District (I);
(13)(14) Employment Center District (EC);
(14)(15) Mixed Use District (MU); and
(15)(16) Office/Institutional District (OI);.
(17) Eastlake Business District (EB);
(18) Eastlake Service District (ES);
(19) Eastlake Office District (EO); and
(20) Eastlake Transit-Oriented Development District (ETD).
9. Section 18-186 of the Code is hereby amended by the addition in alphabetical

order of the words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 18-186. Agricultural District.

(c) Accessory uses. As a general rule, an accessory use is permitted in any district
in which the main use is permitted. However, because of the specific nature of
some accessory uses they are specifically listed and subject to additional
regulations. See Section 18-355 et seq.
(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in an Agricultural
District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-187. Residential Estate District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Residential
Estate District:
Solar collectors.
28
Sec. 18-188. Single-Family Detached Districts.
(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Single-Family
Detached District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-189. Single-Family Attached District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Single-Family
Attached District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-190. Multifamily District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Multifamily
District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-191. Manufactured Home District.

29
(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Manufactured
Home District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-192. Neighborhood Service District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Neighborhood
Service District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-193. Community Retail District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Community Retail
District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-194. Regional Commercial District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Regional
Commercial District:
30
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-195. Business Park District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Business Park
District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-196. City Center District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a City Center
District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-197. Industrial Districts.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in an Industrial
District:
Solar collectors.
31
Sec. 18-200. Planned Development (PD) District.
(a) Purpose. There exist in the City tracts parcels where the zoning regulations
contained in the categorical districts in Sections 18-186 to 18-197 and 18-204 to
18-206 may not provide for the development of innovative projects desired by
property owners and providing general benefit to the City as a whole. To allow for
innovative development projects in a way that can assist in the implementation of
the City's Comprehensive Plan and other development goals and objectives, a
Planned Development (PD) District is provided as a special district that may be
used in these instances.
(c) Initiation.
(5) Application for a PD is made to the Director in accordance with Section
18-8 on a form furnished by the City. The application shall contain the
following: include all information listed as a requirement on the current
Planned Development application checklist issued by the Department, the
Overall Development Plan, and any other reasonable and pertinent
information that the Director determines to be necessary for review of the
proposed Planned Development District.
a. The application fee as established by resolution of the City Council;
b. The name, address, and telephone number, and signature of the
on the owner's behalf;
c. The name, address, and telephone number of the owner of the
property. If there is more than one owner, the names and
addresses of all owners shall be provided;
d. The street address, if any, and complete legal description of the
property;
e. An Overall Development Plan; and
f. An 8.5 by 11 inch black and white illustration suitable for
photography showing sufficient detail, but general enough to be
legible.
(6) The Overall Development Plan submitted under this section shall:
a. Include 25 folded blue or black line copies, and one set of
photographic original four-mil mylar sheets.
b. Have a scale of one inch equals 100 feet or larger (e.g., one inch
equals 50 feet, or one inch equals 40 feet, etc.) and be on a
standard drawing sheet of a size not to exceed 36 inches by 48
inches. In the event a single sheet is not practicable, multiple
sheets may be used if, on each sheet:
1. Match lines are indicated; and
32
2. A composite drawing is provided that shows the entire
proposed development, location of the match lines, sheet
numbers, and the location of the sheet within the proposed
development by the shading in of the appropriate area on
the composite;
c. Include a location diagram showing the position of the property in
relation to surrounding streets;
d. Contain title block and reference information pertaining to the
property and plan, including the name of the project, the names of
persons responsible for preparing the plan, the scale of the plan,
both graphic and numeric, and the date of submission with
provisions for dating revisions;
e. Show the dimensions of the property and indicate its area in both
square feet and acres;
f. Contain in tabulated form in a conspicuous place on the plan
proposed uses within the PD, heights of buildings and structures,
lot size, floor area requirements, density, coverage, and setbacks. If
necessary this information should be broken down for each use
proposed on the site; and
g. Give any other proposed changes to development regulations
contained in this chapter.
(7) To the extent possible, the Overall Development Plan should also show:
a. Or describe the building envelope for each existing and proposed
building on the lot;
b. The location and dimensions of all existing streets, alleys,
easements for utilities, streets, and other purposes, floodplains as
defined by the Federal Emergency Management Administration
(FEMA), and/or other official drainage information;
c. All areas proposed for dedication or reservation;
d. Zoning setback lines and building lines for each existing and
proposed building on the lot;
e. All existing and proposed points of ingress and egress to the
property, and for those tracts adjacent to an arterial thoroughfare,
indicate estimated peak hour turning movements to and from
existing and proposed public and private streets and alleys;
f. All existing and proposed median cuts and driveway locations
within 250 feet of the property;
g. All existing and proposed off-street parking and loading areas,
indicating the general dimensions of parking bays, aisles, and
driveways, and the number of cars to be accommodated in each
row of parking spaces;
33
h. All existing and proposed provisions for pedestrian circulation
including sidewalks, walkways, crosswalks, and pedestrian plazas;
i. The location and indicate the type of any special traffic regulation
facilities proposed or required;
j. The existing and proposed topography of the property using
contours of two feet or less. Existing contours should be shown with
dashed lines and proposed contours should be shown with solid
lines;
k. The location and indicate the type of any existing or proposed
mechanical or electronic equipment capable of producing noise that
crosses the property line; and
l. Any other reasonable and pertinent information that would assist
the Director in determining the appropriateness of the PD. The
Director may waive one or more submission requirements of a PD if
the submission requirement is not applicable given the nature of the
PD being proposed.
Sec. 18-204. Employment Center (EC) District.

(1) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in an Employment
Center District:
Solar collectors.
Sec. 18-205. Mixed Use (MU) District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in a Mixed Use
District:
Solar collectors.
34
Sec. 18-206. Office/Institutional (OI) District.

(2) The following accessory uses are permitted by right in an
Office/Institutional District:
Solar collectors.
25. Section 1 of Ordinance No. 2782 is hereby amended and codified as Sections
18-210 through 18-214 to read as follows:
Sec. 18-210. Eastlake Residential (ER) District (Area RES)

(a) Purpose and intent. The Eastlake Residential Zoning District is intended to
preserve and enhance residential areas in the community of Eastlake and to
promote appropriate redevelopment consistent with the established single-family
heritage and design character of the neighborhood. This District is intended to
implement the land use goals, policies and recommendations for the Eastlake
Neighborhood adopted in the Eastlake Subarea Plan. Additional guidelines for
development in Eastlake are contained in the Eastlake Subarea Plan.
(b) Main uses permitted.
(1) Agricultural uses.
None permitted.
(2) Industrial uses.
Mining (SUP).
Well sites or production sites.
(3) Institutional and community service uses.
Church (SUP).
Group home (SUP).
Limited fundraising events (Limited).
Schools, public and private (SUP).
(4) Lodging uses.
None permitted.
(5) Office uses.
None permitted, other than home occupations.
35
(6) Recreation uses.
Neighborhood park or playground.
(7) Residential uses.
Single-family dwellings.
(8) Retail and personal service uses.
None permitted.
(9) Temporary uses.
Christmas tree lot (TUP).
Seasonal sales stand (TUP).
Temporary concrete or asphalt batch plant (TUP).
Temporary construction yard, construction/sales office (TUP).
(10) Transportation uses.
Transit passenger shelter (SUP).
(11) Utility and public service uses.
Electric substation and gas regulator station (SUP).
Library (SUP).
Local utilities.
Police and fire stations (SUP).
Utility or government installation other than listed (SUP).
Water treatment plant, reservoir and water storage tanks (SUP).
(12) Wholesale, distribution and storage uses.
Recycling collection center (Limited).
(13) Wireless telecommunication uses.
Public safety telecommunication facility (SUP).
regulations. See Section 18-355 et seq. The following accessory uses are
permitted:
Accessory community center (SUP).
Accessory outside storage.
Amateur telecommunication facility.
Attachment of telecommunication antennae to existing structure.
Home occupation.
36
Occasional sales (garage sales).
Solar collectors.
Swimming pools (private).
Television reception antenna or dish.
Wind Energy Conversion System (SUP).
(d) Yard, lot and space regulations.
(1) Front, side and rear yards. Front, side and rear yards are determined
through Development Permit review. For this district the following building
setback criteria shall be applicable:
Minimum Permitted Setback Maximum Required
For:
(feet) (feet)
a. Principal structure: 15 feet
b. Face of garage: 25 feet
Front yard minimum; face of garage shall None
be setback at least 10 feet from
front wall plane of home
Side yard 5 feet None
Corner side yard 15 feet None
b. Accessory structures: 5 feet
Rear yard None
c. Garage with a door that
opens on an alley: 5 feet
(2) Dwelling unit density. Maximum dwelling unit density is 4.99 units per
acre.
(3) Floor area. Minimum floor area for a principal dwelling unit shall be 800
square feet.
(4) Height.
a. Maximum height in the district is 30 feet.
b. Maximum height of nonresidential structures is 16 feet.
(5) Lot size. Minimum lot size is 4,500 square feet.
(6) Lot coverage. Maximum lot coverage in this district is:
a. 60 percent for residential structures.
b. 25 percent for nonresidential accessory structures.
c. 75 percent for all structures combined.
(e) Additional provisions.
(1) Parking. Parking and vehicle storage shall comply with all other
regulations in the Development Code, except that a minimum of two off-
street parking spaces are required for each new principal residential
structure constructed after February 12, 1990.
37
(2) Accessory structures. Ground-mounted satellite dishes shall be restricted
to rear yards, and the area covered by the satellite dish shall contribute to
the maximum allowable square footage permitted for accessory
structures.
(3) Design standards.
a. Facades.
1. The front door of the home shall be oriented toward the
street.
2. The front facade of the home shall incorporate a covered
front porch. The porch shall have a minimum depth of six
feet and a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area.
3. Each street facing facade shall have a minimum of 12
square feet of glass with either:
i. A minimum four-inch nominal wide wood trim border.
ii. Shutters a minimum of twelve inches wide.
iii. Each door shall have a minimum of nominal four-inch
wide wood trim.
b. Roofs.
1. Each home and garage shall have a minimum pitch on
predominant roof planes of at least 4:12.
2. All sloped roofs shall include a minimum 12-inch overhang.
c. Garages.
1. All garages shall be built of the same materials and colors as
the dwelling unit on the same lot.
2. Carports are prohibited.
d. Compatibility. New and remodeled structures should be designed
to be complementary or consistent with the characteristics of the
surrounding area. Strategies to achieve this include, but are not
limited to:
1. Using similar or complementary materials, colors or design
details, such as horizontal siding and/or front porches.
2. Using similar or complementary building shapes and/or
forms, such as sloped roofs and/or simple forms.
Sec. 18-211. Eastlake Business (EB) District (Area A)

(a) Purpose and intent.
38
(1) The Eastlake Business Zoning District is intended to promote a mix of
retail, office and residential uses along the traditional main street of the
Town of Eastlake. The zone regulates land use and design to promote
appropriate preservation and encourage redevelopment consistent with
the established character of the area. Adjacent to a major transit corridor,
the EB Zone District is intended to encourage a pedestrian scale
environment with building types and uses that are sensitive to the nearby
residential neighborhood. This District is intended to implement the land
use goals, policies and recommendations for the Eastlake Neighborhood
adopted in the Eastlake Subarea Plan. Additional guidelines for
development in Eastlake are contained in the Eastlake Subarea Plan.
(2) This zone includes:
a. A vertical mix of uses on the same lot or within the same project.
b. Reduced parking requirements for a mix of uses and proximity to a
major transit line. All parking must be located in the rear of
buildings.
c. A zero-foot front setback along Lake Avenue.
d. Pedestrian scale buildings and streetscaping requirements.
None permitted.
Mining (SUP).
Church (SUP).
Cultural arts facilities.
Day care facility.
(4) Lodging uses.
None permitted.
(5) Office uses.
Financial institution without drive-through.
General office.
Medical office.
39
Multiple dwellings.
Bar, lounge or tavern.
Catering service.
Clubs and lodges (SUP).
Dry cleaning, laundry store.
Furniture store.
General merchandise or food store, 3,500 square feet or less
Household equipment and appliance repair.
Personal service uses.
Restaurant without drive-in or drive-through.
(9) Temporary uses.
Traveling show, carnival, circus or special event (TUP).
Transit passenger shelter.
Library.
Local utilities.
Police and fire station (SUP).
Post office.
Commercial radio or TV facility (SUP).
Commercial satellite dish (SUP).
Mobile telephone facility – tower mounted (SUP).
40
Public safety telecommunication facility.
(c) Accessory Uses. As a general rule, an accessory use is permitted in any district
permitted:
Accessory outside display.
Accessory outside sales.
Solar collectors.
Television reception antenna.
Maximum Required
For: Minimum Permitted Setback (feet)
(feet)
a. Principal structure: All buildings Principal structure: All
Front yard must be built to front property line. buildings must be built
b. Parking: 25 feet to front property line.
a. Principal structure: 0 feet Principal structure: 0
Side yard
b. Accessory structures: 5 feet feet
Rear yard b. Garage opening on an alley: 5 None
feet
(2) Floor area. Maximum floor area ratio is 1.0 for single-use structures and
1.5 for mixed-use.
(3) Height.
b. Maximum height of accessory structures is 16 feet.
(4) Lot size.
a. No minimum lot size for nonresidential or mixed use structures.
b. Minimum lot size of 1,600 sq. ft. per dwelling unit.
41
(5) Building size. Maximum building size is 5,000 sq. ft.
(6) Lot coverage.
a. Maximum lot coverage in this district is 75 percent.
b. 80 percent minimum continuous lot frontage required.
(1) Parking and vehicle storage. Parking and vehicle storage shall comply
with all other regulations in the Development Code, except as otherwise
provided herein. Required off-street parking:
a. Attached dwelling units up to and including 2 bedrooms: 1 space.
b. Attached dwelling units with 3 or more bedrooms: 2 spaces.
c. Nonresidential with residential: 1 space per 300 sq. ft.
d. Nonresidential without residential: 1 space per 250 sq. ft.
e. Nonresidential bar, lounge or tavern: 1 space per 100 sq. ft.
(2) Fences, walls and screening. In addition to the other requirements in the
Development Code, solid fences are required to screen any outside
storage area associated with nonresidential uses.
Sec. 18-212. Eastlake Service (ES) District (Area B)

(1) The Eastlake Service Zoning District is an area primarily used for service-
oriented commercial uses. This zone is used to provide the community
with small-scale service, repair and manufacturing uses. Land use and
design in this zone shall promote appropriate preservation and encourage
redevelopment consistent with the established character of the area. This
District is intended to implement the land use goals, policies and
recommendations for the Eastlake Neighborhood adopted in the Eastlake
Subarea Plan. Additional guidelines for development in Eastlake are
contained in the Eastlake Subarea Plan.
a. Small scale service-oriented uses.
b. Allowance for on-street parking.
c. Adequate buffers between nonresidential and residential uses.
None permitted.
42
Industrial (inside) (not high risk).
Mining (SUP).
Church (SUP).
Day care facility.
(4) Lodging uses.
None permitted.
(5) Office uses.
General office.
Medical office.
None permitted.
Auto service center.
Catering service.
Clubs and lodges.
Furniture store.
Garage for repair and rebuilding of personal vehicles.
General merchandise or food store, 3,500 square feet or less.
(9) Temporary uses.
43
Library.
Local utilities.
Post office.
permitted:
Solar collectors.
44
through Development Permit review. For this district, the following
building setback criteria shall be applicable:
For:
(feet) (feet)
Front yard Principal structure: 15 feet None
Side yard b. Accessory structures: 5 None
feet
Corner side yard All structures: 15 feet None
Rear yard All structures: 5 feet None
(2) Floor area. Maximum floor area ratio is 1.0.

(3) Height.
(4) Lot size. No minimum lot size.
(6) Lot coverage. Maximum lot coverage in this district is 60 percent.
(2) Landscaping. Landscaping shall comply with the provisions of Sections
18-491 et seq., except that where parking is located in the front, a
minimum landscape setback of ten feet is required.
Sec. 18-213. Eastlake Office (EO) District (Area C)

(1) The “EO” Zone District is intended to promote a mix of residential and
office uses with limited personal service uses. The zone regulates land
use and design to promote appropriate preservation and encourage
redevelopment consistent with the established character of the area. The
EO Zone District encourages nonresidential uses that are compatible and
complementary to existing residential uses. This District is intended to
implement the land use goals, policies and recommendations for the
Eastlake Neighborhood adopted in the Eastlake Subarea Plan. Additional
45
guidelines for development in Eastlake are contained in the Eastlake
Subarea Plan.
a. Office uses mixed with residential.
b. Allowance for live/work opportunities.
c. Uses that typically do not generate high amounts of vehicular
traffic. All parking in rear or side of lot.
d. Small scale buildings with residential architectural character.
e. Buildings oriented toward the street.
f. Shallow front yards.
None permitted.
Mining (SUP).
Church (SUP).
Day care facility.
(4) Lodging uses.
Bed and breakfast (SUP).
(5) Office uses.
Financial institution without drive-in.
General office.
Medical clinic.
Multiple dwellings.
46
Catering service.
Clubs and lodges (nonprofit) (SUP).
Nursery, garden shop, and plant sales (SUP).
Restaurant without drive-in or drive-through service.
(9) Temporary uses.
Library.
Local utilities.
Post office.
permitted:
47
Solar collectors.
For:
(feet) (feet)
a. Principal structures: 0 feet
b. Accessory structures: 15 Principal structures: 15
Front yard
feet feet
c. Parking: 15 feet
Side yard b. Accessory structures: 5 None
feet
Corner side yard All structures: 15 feet None
Rear yard b. Garage opening on an None
alley: 5 feet
(2) Dwelling unit density. Maximum dwelling unit density is 11.99 units per
acre.
(4) Height.
(5) Lot size.
a. No minimum lot size for nonresidential.
48
a. Attached dwelling units up to 2 bedrooms: 1 space.
b. Attached dwelling units with 3 or more bedrooms: 2 spaces.
c. Nonresidential: 1 space per 300 sq. ft.
Sec. 18-214. Eastlake Transit-Oriented Development (ETD) District (Area D)

(1) The “ETD” District is intended to promote a mix of retail, office and
residential uses along a major transit corridor. Provides for an appropriate
mix of uses for transit commuters, including high density residential,
employment generating uses, convenient commercial and specialty
commercial. This District is intended to implement the land use goals,
policies and recommendations for the Eastlake Neighborhood adopted in
the Eastlake Subarea Plan. Additional guidelines for development in
Eastlake are contained in the Eastlake Subarea Plan.
a. A vertical mix of uses on the same lot or within the same project.
b. Reduced parking requirements for a mix of uses and proximity to
major transit line.
c. Pedestrian-oriented with streetscaping standards and inviting public
spaces.
d. RTD Park-n-Ride facility.
Commercial greenhouse and nursery.
Crop production.
Heavy Equipment Operator Outdoor Training Site (SUP).
Mining (SUP).
Day care facility.
Church (SUP).
49
Group home (SUP).
(4) Lodging uses.
Hotels and motels (SUP).
(5) Office uses.
General office.
Medical clinic.
Multiple dwellings.
Catering service.
Clubs and lodges (nonprofit).
Farmers’ market.
General merchandise or food store, 3,500 square feet or less.
Nursery, garden shop, and plant sales.
Personal service use.
(9) Temporary uses.
50
Library.
Local utilities.
Post office.
permitted:
Solar collectors.
through Development Permit review.
(2) Dwelling unit density. Maximum dwelling unit density is 18 units per acre.
(4) Height.
51
(5) Lot size.
a. No minimum lot size for nonresidential.
a. Attached dwelling units up to 2 bedrooms: 1 space
b. Attached dwelling units with 3 or more bedrooms: 2 spaces
c. Nonresidential with residential: 1 space per 300 sq. ft.
d. Nonresidential without residential: 1 space per 250 sq. ft.
e. Nonresidential bar, lounge or tavern: 1 space per 100 sq. ft.
26. Section 18-230 of the Code is hereby repealed and reenacted to read as follows:
52
Sec. 18-230. Use charts.
Legend:
Single-Family Detached
Single-Family Attached
Neighborhood Service
Regional Commercial
Eastlake Residential
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
R = Permitted use by right
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Office/Institutional
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
S = Use permitted by Specific Use permit
Eastlake Office
Business Park
L = Limited use permitted by right
Eastlake TOD
T = Use permitted by Temporary Use Permit
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:
This chart provides general information on uses
allowed in zoning districts. Refer to the individual use
sections for additional regulations.
# Sec.# Use Residential Districts Nonresidential Districts

Part XIV. Accessory Uses
18- Accessory community center
1
356(1) (private)
S S S S R R S
18-
2
356(2)
Accessory game court (private) S S S S R R L
18- Accessory outside display of
3
356(3) merchandise
R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18-
4
356(4)
Accessory outside sales S R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18-
5
356(5)
Accessory outside storage R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18- Amateur telecommunication
6
356(6) facility
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Attachment of
18-
7
356(7)
telecommunication antennae to R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
existing structure
18-
8
356(14)
Golf safety net S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
18-
9
356(8)
Home occupation R R R R R R R L L L
18-
10
356(9)
Occasional sales R R R R R R R L R R R R
18-
11
356(10)
Private stables R R R S S
18-
15
356(15)
Solar collectors R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
53
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

18-
12
356(11)
Swimming pool (private) R R R R R R R L
18-
13
356(12)
Television reception antenna R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
18-
14
356(13)
Wind Energy Conversion System S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Part II. Agricultural Uses
1 18-232 Animal production S
Commercial greenhouse and
2 18-233
nursery
R S R
3 18-234 Commercial stable S S
4 18-235 Crop production R L L L L L L L L L L L L L L R
Part III. Industrial Uses
Heavy Equipment Operator
1 18-244
Outdoor Training Site
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
2 18-238 Industrial (inside) (high risk) S S
3 18-238 Industrial (inside) (not high risk) R R R S S
4 18-239 Industrial (outside) (high risk) S
5 18-239 Industrial (outside) (not high risk) R
6 18-240 Mining S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
7 18-242 Outside salvage or reclamation S
Truck, machinery, heavy
8 18-243 equipment sales, service or S R
repair
54
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

9 18-241 Well sites or production sites R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Part IV. Institutional/Community Service Uses
1 18-245 Cemeteries and mausoleums S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
2 18-246 Church R S S S R S S S R R R R S R R R S S S R
3 18-254 Crematorium S S R
4 18-247 Cultural arts facilities S S R R R R R R R R R R R
5 18-248 Day care facility S S S S S S R R R R R R R R R R R R R
6 18-249 Group homes (up to 8 persons) R R R R R R S R R
Group homes (more than 8
7 18-249
persons)
S S S S
8 18-250 Hospitals and sanitariums S R R R S R R S
Nursing, convalescent homes
9 18-251
and hospices
S S S R R S S R
10 18-253 Limited fundraising events L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
11 18-252 Schools, public and private S S S S S S S S R R R R S R R S S
Part V. Lodging Uses
Boardinghouses or
1 18-255
roominghouses
S
2 18-256 Hotels and motels S R R R R R R S
3 18-257 Vacation campgrounds S S
Part VI. Office Uses
Financial institution with drive-in
1 18-260
window
S S S S S S S S
55
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

Financial institution without
2 18-259
drive-in window
R R R R R R R R R R R R R
3 18-261 General office R R R R R R R R R R R R R
4 18-262 Medical clinic R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Part VII. Recreation Uses
Community park, recreation
1 18-266
center or golf course
R S S S S S R R R R R R R R R
Country club with private
2 18-264
membership
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Neighborhood park or
3 18-267
playground
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Private recreation center, club or
4 18-265
area
S S S S S S S R R R R S R R R
Part VIII. Residential Uses
1 18-275 Bed and breakfast S S
College dormitory, fraternity or
2 18-269
sorority houses
R S R
3 18-270 Manufactured home park R
4 18-271 Multiple dwellings R S R R R R
5 18-272 Retirement housing S S S R
6 18-273 Single-family dwellings R R R R R R R
7 18-274 Two-family dwellings S R
Part IX. Retail and Personal Service Uses. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL USE SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS.
1 18-277 Animal clinic with outside runs S S S S
56
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

Animal clinic without outside
2 18-277
runs
S S R R R R R
Animal kennel without outside
3 18-313
runs
S S S R
4 18-313 Animal kennel with outside runs S
5 18-278 Auto rental R R S S
6 18-279 Auto service center R R S R R
7 18-280 Bar, lounge or tavern S R R S R R R R R R
8 18-281 Business school R R R R R R R R
9 18-282 Car wash R R R
10 18-283 Catering service S R R R R S R R R R R R
11 18-284 Clubs and lodges (nonprofit) R R R R R S S R S R
12 18-285 Commercial amusement (inside) R R R R
Commercial amusement
13 18-286
(outside)
S R S R S
14 18-287 Drive-in theater S
15 18-288 Dry cleaning, laundry store R R R R R R R R R
16 18-289 Equipment rental S R R
17 18-290 Frozen food lockers R R
18 18-291 Furniture stores R R R R R
Garage for repair and rebuilding
19 18-292
of personal vehicles
R R R
General merchandise or food
20 18-293
store 3,500 sq. ft. or less
R R R R S R R R R R R R
57
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

General merchandise or food
21 18-294
store > 3,500 sq. ft.
R R R
Home improvement centers,
22 18-295 lumber, brick or building R R R
materials
Household equipment and
23 18-296
appliance repair
R R R R R R
24 18-297 Job printing R R R R R
25 18-298 Liquor store S R R R S S R
26 18-299 Mortuary, funeral home S R R S S
27 18-300 Motor vehicle fueling station R R S R S
Nursery, garden shop, and plant
28 18-301
sales
S R R R S R
29 18-302 Outdoor shooting range S
30 18-303 Pawnshops R R
31 18-304 Personal service use R R R R S R R R R R R R
32 18-305 Pet cemetery S S S
Restaurant with drive-in or drive-
33 18-306
through
S S S S S S S S
Restaurant without drive-in or
34 18-307
drive-through
R R R R R R R R R R R R
35 18-308 Sexually oriented business S S
36 18-309 Taxidermist S R S R
37 18-310 Technical and trade schools S S R S S S
58
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

38 18-311 Theater R R R R R
Vehicle display, sales and
39 18-312
service
R R
Part X. Temporary Uses
1 18-314 Christmas tree lots T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
2 18-321 Farmers’ market T
3 18-319 Seasonal sales stand T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Temporary concrete or asphalt
4 18-315
batch plant
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Temporary construction yard, or
5 18-316
construction or sales office
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
6 18-317 Temporary grazing T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
7 18-318 Temporary living quarters T T T
Traveling show, carnival, circus
8 18-320
or special event
T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Part XI. Transportation Uses
1 18-322 Airports S S
Commercial bus station and
2 18-323
terminal
R S S
3 18-324 Heliports S S S S S S S S S
4 18-325 Railroad yard S
5 18-326 Transit passenger shelter S S S S S S S R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Part XII. Utility and Public Service Uses
1 18-328 Animal shelter with outside runs S S
59
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

Animal shelter without outside
2 18-328
runs
S R
3 18-329 Commercial radio and TV station S R R R R S S
4 18-331 Electrical generating plant S S
Electric substation and gas
5 18-330
regulator station
S S S S S S S S S S S S R S S S
6 18-332 Library S S S S S S R R R R R R R R R R R R R
7 18-333 Local utilities R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
8 18-334 Police and fire stations S S S S S S R R R R R R R R R S S S S
9 18-335 Post office S S S S S R R R R R R R R R R R R R
10 18-337 Refuse transfer station S
11 18-338 Sewage treatment plant S S
Telephone exchange without
12 18-339
shops or offices
S S S R R R R R
Utility or government installation
13 18-340
other than listed
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Water treatment plant, reservoir
14 18-341
and water storage tanks
S S S S S S S S S S S R S S S
Part XIII. Wholesale, Distribution and Storage Uses
1 18-343 Auto auction S R
2 18-344 Contractor’s maintenance yard R
3 18-345 Freight terminal R R
4 18-346 Grain and feed elevators S R
5 18-347 Livestock auction pens or sheds S S
60
Legend:
Regional Commercial
Manufactured Home
Employment Center
Eastlake Business
Residential Estate
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
Agricultural
City Center
Mixed Use
Multifamily
Industrial
NOTE:

6 18-348 Mini-warehouse S
7 18-349 Office showroom/warehouse R R R R
8 18-350 Outdoor storage S
Petroleum products storage and
9 18-351
wholesale
S
10 18-352 Recycling collection center L L L L L L L L S S S L S L L L L
11 18-353 Warehouse S S R R S
Part XV. Wireless Telecommunication Uses* See Article XI
1 18-357 Commercial radio or TV facility S S S S S S S S S S S S S
2 18-358 Commercial satellite dish S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Mobile telephone facility – tower
3 18-359
mounted
S S S S S S S S S S S S S
Public safety telecommunication
4 18-360
facility
S S S S S S R R R R R R R R R R S S S
*Wireless telecommunication uses may be allowed by SUP in parks, open space, and rights-of-way within any zoning district as
provided in Section 18-1103 and Section 18-1104.
61
27. Section 18-233 of the Code is hereby amended by the addition of the words
double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 18-233. Commercial greenhouse and nursery.

Commercial greenhouses and nurseries are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Agricultural and Eastlake TOD Districts;
by SUP only, in the Industrial District.
Sec. 18-235. Crop production.

Crop production is subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Agricultural and Eastlake TOD Districts;
and, as a limited use in all other districts except the Eastlake Residential,
Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service and Eastlake Office Districts.
Sec. 18-238. Industrial (inside).

Industrial (inside) uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted.
a. Hazardous or high risk. By SUP only, in the Industrial and
Employment Center Districts.
b. Not hazardous or high risk. By right in the Business Park,
Employment Center and Industrial Districts; by SUP only, in the
Mixed Use and Eastlake Service Districts.
Sec. 18-244. Heavy Equipment Operator Outdoor Training Site.

Heavy Equipment Operator Outdoor Training Sites are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only, in all districts except the Eastlake
Residential, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service and Eastlake Office
Districts.
62
Sec. 18-245. Cemeteries and mausoleums.

Cemeteries and mausoleums are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only, in all districts except the Eastlake
Residential, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and
Eastlake TOD Districts.
Sec. 18-246. Church.

Churches are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Agricultural, Multifamily, Community
Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, Employment Center, Mixed
Use, Office/Institutional, Eastlake TOD and City Center Districts; by SUP
only, in the Residential Estate, Single-Family Detached, Single-Family
Attached, Manufactured Home, Eastlake Residential, Neighborhood
Service, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office and
Industrial Districts.
Sec. 18-247. Cultural arts facilities.

Cultural arts facilities are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Community Retail, Regional
Commercial, Business Park, Employment Center, Mixed Use,
Office/Institutional, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office,
Eastlake TOD, and City Center Districts; by SUP only, in the Agricultural
and Neighborhood Service Districts.
Sec. 18-248. Day care facility.

Day care facilities are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Neighborhood Service, Community
Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, Industrial, Employment
63
Center, Mixed Use, Office/Institutional and City Center Districts all
nonresidential districts; by SUP only, in the Agricultural, Residential
Estate, Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, Multifamily, and
Manufactured Home Residential Districts.
Sec. 18-249. Group homes.

Group homes are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in all residential districts and the Agricultural,
Residential Estate, Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached,
Multifamily, Manufactured Home, Eastlake TOD, and Mixed Use Districts
for not more than eight persons; by SUP only in the Eastlake Residential
District for not more than eight persons. By SUP only, in the Single-
Family Attached, Multifamily, Eastlake TOD, and Mixed Use Districts, for
facilities with more than eight persons who are developmentally disabled,
mentally ill, or over the age of 60.
Sec. 18-252. Schools, public and private.

Public and private schools are subject to the following:
Commercial, Business Park, Mixed Use, Office/Institutional and City
Center Districts; by SUP only, in the Rresidential Ddistricts and the
Neighborhood Service, Eastlake Offfice, Eastlake TOD, and Employment
Center Districts.
Sec. 18-256. Hotels and motels.

Hotels and motels are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial, Business Park,
Employment Center, Mixed Use, Office/Institutional and City Center
Districts; by SUP only, in the Community Retail and Eastlake TOD
Districts.
64
Sec. 18-260. Financial institution with drive-in window.

Financial institutions with drive-in windows are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only, in the Neighborhood Service, Community
Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, City Center, Industrial,
Mixed Use and Office/Institutional all nonresidential districts except the
Employment Center Districts.
Sec. 18-264. Country club with private membership.

Country clubs with private memberships are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in all districts, except the Manufactured Home,
Mixed Use and Office/Institutional Eastlake Residential, Eastlake
Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts.
Sec. 18-265. Private recreation center, club, or area.

Private recreation centers, clubs and areas are subject to the following:
Commercial, Business Park, Employment Center, Mixed Use,
Office/Institutional, and City Center Districts; by SUP only, in all residential
districts except the Eastlake Residential District, and by SUP only in the
Neighborhood Service and Industrial Districts.
Sec. 18-266. Community park, recreation center, or golf course.

Community parks, recreation centers and golf courses are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Agricultural and nonresidential districts,
Neighborhood Service, Community Retail, Regional Commercial,
Business Park, City Center, Industrial, Employment Center, Mixed Use,
and Office/Institutional Districts; by SUP only, in the Residential Estates,
65
Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, Multifamily and
Manufactured Home Districts.
Sec. 18-271. Multiple dwellings.

Multiple dwellings are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Multifamily, Eastlake Business,
Eastlake Office, Eastlake TOD and Mixed Use Districts; by SUP only, in
the City Center District.
(5) Additional provisions.
c. In the Eastlake Business and Eastlake Office Districts, dwelling
units are allowed up to fifty percent of the total floor area and are
not permitted on the street level.
d. In the Eastlake TOD District, dwelling units are allowed up to
seventy-five percent of the total floor area and are not permitted on
the street level.
43. A new section, Section 18-275, is hereby enacted to read as follows:
Sec. 18-275. Bed and breakfast.

Bed and breakfast uses are subject to the following:
(1) Definition. A one-family owner-occupied dwelling where short-term lodging
is provided through the rental of individual rooms to the general public,
with common cooking and dining facilities.
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only in the Eastlake Residential and Eastlake
Office Districts.
(3) Required off-street parking. One space for each guest room plus two
additional spaces.
(4) Required off-street loading. None.
a. This use shall provide temporary lodging accommodations for the
general public up to a maximum of 30 consecutive days per guest;
b. Structures shall not be altered in a way that changes their general
residential appearance;
c. If three or more off-street parking spaces are required to be
provided pursuant to (3) above, visual screening for parking spaces
shall be required;
66
d. Other than to registered guests, no meals shall be served to the
general public; and
e. No cooking or kitchen facilities shall be allowed in the guest rooms.
Sec. 18-279. Auto service center.

Auto service center uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial and City Center
Districts, and by right in the Community Retail and Eastlake Service
Districts up to 100,000 square feet per building; by SUP only, in the
Business Park District.
Sec. 18-280. Bar, lounge or tavern.

Bar, lounge or tavern uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial, Employment
Center and City Center Districts and by right in the Community Retail, and
Mixed Use, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, and Eastlake TOD
Districts up to 100,000 square feet per building; by SUP only, in the
Neighborhood Service and Business Park Districts.
Sec. 18-283. Catering service.

Catering service uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial, Business Park,
Employment Center and City Center Districts, and by right in the
Community Retail, and Mixed Use, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service,
Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts up to 100,000 square feet per
building; by SUP only, in the Neighborhood Service and Industrial
Districts.
67
Sec. 18-284. Clubs and lodges (nonprofit).
Nonprofit club and lodge uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial, Employment
Center and Industrial Districts, and by right in the Community Retail, and
Mixed Use, Eastlake Service, and Eastlake TOD Districts up to 100,000
square feet per building; by SUP only in the Office/Institutional District,
and by SUP only in the Eastlake Business and Eastlake Office Districts up
to 100,000 square feet per building.
Sec. 18-288. Dry cleaning, laundry store.

Dry cleaning, laundry store uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Neighborhood Service, Employment
Center, Office/Institutional and City Center Districts, and by right in the
Community Retail, and Mixed Use, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service,
and Eastlake TOD Districts up to 100,000 square feet per building.
Sec. 18-291. Furniture stores.

Furniture store uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial District, and by
right in the Community Retail, Eastlake Business, and Eastlake Service
Districts up to 100,000 square feet per building.
Sec. 18-292. Garage for repair and rebuilding of personal vehicles.

Garage, for repair and rebuilding of personal vehicles, uses are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial and the Industrial
Districts, and by right in the Eastlake Service District up to 3,500 square
feet per building.
68
Sec. 18-293. General merchandise or food store 3,500 square feet or less.
General merchandise or food store, 3,500 square feet or less, uses are subject to
the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in Neighborhood Service, Community Retail,
Regional Commercial, Business Park, Employment Center, Mixed Use,
Office/Institutional, and Industrial, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service,
and Eastlake TOD Districts; by SUP only, in the City Center District.
Sec. 18-296. Household equipment and appliance repair.

Household equipment and appliance repair uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial and the Industrial
Districts, and by right in the Community Retail, Eastlake Business,
Eastlake Service, and Eastlake TOD Districts up to 100,000 square feet
per building.
(5) Additional provisions. None Outside storage associated with this use is
prohibited in the Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service and Eastlake TOD
Districts.
Sec. 18-301. Nursery, garden shop, and plant sales.

Nursery, garden shop, and plant sales uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Regional Commercial District, and by
right in the Community Retail, and Mixed Use, and Eastlake TOD Districts
up to 100,000 square feet per building; by SUP only, in the Neighborhood
Service District, and by SUP only in the Eastlake Office District up to
100,000 square feet per building.
Sec. 18-304. Personal service use.

Personal service uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Neighborhood Service, Regional
Commercial, Employment Center, Office/Institutional and Business Park
69
Districts, and by right in the Community Retail, and Mixed Use, Eastlake
Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts
up to 100,000 square feet per building; by SUP only in the City Center
District.
Sec. 18-306. Restaurant with drive-in or drive-through service.

Restaurant with drive-in or drive-through service uses are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only in the Community Retail and Mixed Use
Districts up to 100,000 square feet per building, and by SUP only in the
Neighborhood Service, Regional Commercial, Business Park, City Center,
Industrial and Office/Institutional all other nonresidential districts except
the Employment Center Districts.
Sec. 18-307. Restaurant without drive-in or drive-through service.

Restaurant without drive-in or drive-through service uses are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Community Retail, and Mixed Use,
Eastlake Business, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts up to
100,000 square feet per building, and by right in all other nonresidential
districts except the Eastlake Service District.
Sec. 18-317. Temporary grazing.

Temporary grazing uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By TUP only, in all districts except the Eastlake
Residential, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office and
70
Sec. 18-320. Traveling show, carnival, circus, or special event.
Traveling shows, carnivals, circuses, or special events are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By TUP only, in the Agricultural, Community Retail,
Regional Commercial, Business Park, City Center, Industrial, Employment
Center, Mixed Use, Office/Institutional, Eastlake Business, Eastlake
Service, Eastlake Office, Eastlake TOD, and Parks and Open Space
Districts.
59. A new section, Section 18-321, is hereby enacted to read as follows:
Sec. 18-321. Farmers’ market.

Farmers’ markets are subject to the following:
(1) Definition. A publicly- or privately-operated, open-air establishment where
primarily agricultural products such as raw vegetables, fruits, syrups,
herbs, flowers, plants, nuts or handcrafted items are sold.
(2) Districts permitted. By TUP only in the Eastlake TOD District.
(3) Required off-street parking. One space for each 200 square feet of site,
exclusive of parking.
(4) Required off-street loading. None.
a. Off-street parking requirements for this use may be satisfied by
using existing parking spaces for other uses located within 500 feet
of the site of the farmers’ market, or by providing temporary parking
spaces that do not strictly comply with the construction and
maintenance provisions for off-street parking in this chapter. The
operator of this use has the burden of demonstrating to the
satisfaction of the Director that temporary off-street parking spaces:
1. Are adequately designed to accommodate the parking needs
of the use; and
2. Will not adversely affect surrounding uses.
b. Food concessionaires and the sale of non-agricultural products are
permitted, but the area dedicated to such products shall not occupy
more than 25 percent of the total sales area.
c. Canopies may be allowed in order to provide protection from the
elements for both the operators and the products.
d. A farmers’ market may operate a maximum of two days per week.
71
e. Upon completion of the temporary use, the site shall be cleaned, all
evidence of its use removed, and left in a condition that minimizes
adverse impacts to the site itself and to surrounding properties.
Sec. 18-330. Electric substation and gas regulator station.

Electric substations and gas regulator stations are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Industrial District; by SUP only, in all
other districts except the Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake
Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts.
Sec. 18-332. Library.

Library uses are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Neighborhood Service, Community
Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, City Center, Industrial,
Employment Center, Mixed Use, Office/Institutional, and Parks and Open
Space Districts; by SUP only, in the Agricultural, Residential Estate,
Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, and Multifamily
Districts.By right in all nonresidential districts and the Parks and Open
Space District; by SUP only in all residential districts except the
Manufactured Home District.
Sec. 18-334. Police and fire stations.

Police and fire stations are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in all nonresidential districts the Neighborhood
Service, Community Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, City
Center, Industrial, Employment Center, Mixed Use, and Office/Institutional
Districts; by SUP only, in the Agricultural, Residential Estate, Single-
Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, and Multifamily, Eastlake
Residential, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and
72
Sec. 18-341. Water treatment plant, reservoir and water storage tanks.
Water treatment plants, reservoirs and water storage tanks are subject to the
following:
(2) Districts permitted. By right in the Industrial District; by SUP only, in all
other districts, except the Manufactured Home, Eastlake Business,
Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD Districts.
Sec. 18-352. Recycling collection center.

Recycling collection centers are subject to the following:
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only, in the Community Retail, Regional
Commercial, Business Park, and Industrial Districts, and as a limited use
in all residential districts, and the Neighborhood Service, and City Center,
Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake TOD
Districts.
Sec. 18-356. Specific accessory uses.

The following accessory uses are subject to the general provisions in Section 18-
355 and the regulations and restrictions outlined as follows:
(1) Accessory community center (private).
b. Districts permitted. By right in the Multifamily and the Manufactured
Home Districts; by SUP only, in the Agricultural, Residential Estate,
Single-Family Detached, and Single-Family Attached, and Eastlake
Residential Districts.
(8) Home occupation.
b. Districts permitted. By right in all residential districts and the
Development Reserve District; as a limited use in the City Center,
and Mixed Use, and Eastlake TOD Districts.
(9) Occasional sales (garage sales).
b. Districts permitted. By right in all residential districts and the
Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office and Eastlake
TOD Districts; as a limited use in the Mixed Use District.
(13) Wind Energy Conversion Systems (WECS).
73
e. Additional provisions.
11. In districts where maximum height is limited to 75 feet or
less, roof or building-mounted wind energy conversion
systems may project to a maximum height of 75 feet in total
(combined building height and wind energy conversion
system). In districts where the maximum height is greater
than 75 feet, roof or building-mounted wind energy
conversion systems may project above the structure to the
maximum allowed height specified in the district regulations.
(14) Golf safety net.
b. Districts permitted. By SUP only in all zoning districts including all
existing and future PD districts, except the Eastlake Residential,
Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office and Eastlake
TOD Districts.
(15) Solar collectors.
a. Definition. Any device used to collect solar energy and convert it to
any other form of energy, including, without limitation,
photovoltaics, flatplate concentrating devices, vacuum tubes and
greenhouses. A solar collector does not include standard skylights
or windows.
b. Districts permitted. By right in all districts including all existing and
future PD districts.
c. Required off-street parking. None.
d. Required off-street loading. None.
e. Additional provisions.
1. Ground-mounted or freestanding solar collectors may not be
located in the required front yard.
2. The area restrictions specified in 18-355(c) do not apply to
roof-mounted solar collectors.
3. The commercial sale of converted solar energy is prohibited.
No accessory solar collector shall be used as a commercial
enterprise.
4. Before any building permit may be issued for a solar
collector, where it is to be interconnected with the local
public utility company so that excess power produced by the
solar collector can be fed into the utility lines, evidence of
approval from the local utility company shall be submitted.
74
Sec. 18-360. Public safety telecommunications facility.
(2) Districts permitted. By SUP only in all residential districts except for the
Manufactured Home District unless allowed by Sections 18-1103 and 18-
1104 and in the Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office and Eastlake TOD
Districts. By right in all nonresidential districts the Neighborhood Service,
Community Retail, Regional Commercial, Business Park, City Center,
Industrial, Employment Center, Mixed Use, Office/Industrial, and Eastlake
Business Districts.
Sec. 18-459. Nonconforming uses and structures.

(a) Termination of nonconforming uses.
(1) At the time a nonconforming use has a demonstrated adverse impact on
the development, use, or enjoyment of surrounding properties or the
community, a person or the City may request the Board make a finding of
adverse impact. If such a finding is made, the Board shall establish a
termination date for the nonconforming use. In establishing a termination
date for a nonconforming use, the Board shall develop an amortization
plan whereby the owner's actual investment in the structure prior to the
time that the use became nonconforming can be amortized within a
definite time period. The following factors shall be considered by the
Board in determining a reasonable amortization period:
a. The owner's capital investment in the structures on the property at
the time the use became nonconforming.
b. The amount of the investment realized to date and the amount
remaining, if any, to be recovered during the amortization period.
c. The life expectancy of the investment.
d. The existence or nonexistence of lease obligations, as well as any
contingency clauses therein permitting termination of such leases.
e. Removal costs that are directly attributable to the establishment of
a termination date.
f. Other costs and expenses that are directly attributable to the
establishment of a termination date.
(2)(1) The right to operate a nonconforming use terminates if the nonconforming
use is discontinued or remains vacant for six months or more. The Board
may grant a special exception to this provision only if the owner can state
an extreme circumstance that demonstrates that there was not an intent to
abandon the use even though the use was discontinued for six months or
more.
75
(3)(2) The violation of any ordinance directly related to the operation of a
nonconforming use immediately terminates the right to operate the
nonconforming use.
(4)(3) A nonconforming use terminates when it is changed to a conforming use.
(5) A nonconforming use terminates when the structure housing the use is
destroyed by the intentional act of the owner or the owner's agent, except:
a. If a structure housing a nonconforming use is damaged or
destroyed other than by the intentional act of the owner or the
owner's agent, a person may restore or reconstruct the structure
without Board approval.
b. The structure can only be restored or reconstructed so as to have
the same approximate height and floor area that it had immediately
prior to the damage or destruction.
c. The property owner has the burden of proof to establish the height
and floor area of the structure immediately prior to the damage or
destruction.
d. A restoration or reconstruction in violation of this subsection
immediately terminates the right to operate the nonconforming use.
(4) In the event that a structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a
nonconforming use is damaged or destroyed, by any means, to the extent
of 50 percent or more of its structural replacement value prior to such act
of destruction, such structure shall not be restored unless such structure
and the use thereof complies with the regulations that apply within the
underlying zoning district. The determination of such reduced structural
valuation shall be made by the City. When such damage or destruction is
less than 50 percent, no repair or restoration shall be made unless a
building permit is obtained within 180 days and restoration is actually
begun within one year after the date of such partial destruction and is
diligently pursued to completion.
(6)(5) Any additional investment made in a structure after the date it becomes
nonconforming may not be considered in establishing an amortization
period.
(7)(6) Nonconformity as to parking or loading does not render a use subject to
termination under this subsection.
(b) Changing nonconforming uses.
(1) The Board may allow a change from one nonconforming use to another
nonconforming use when the change:
a. Does not prolong the life of the nonconforming use; and
b. Is to a use that would have been permitted in the zoning district
where the current nonconforming use was first permitted by right.
76
(2) A person may renovate, remodel, or repair a structure housing a
nonconforming use without Board approval if the work does not increase
the degree of nonconformity. A person shall comply with all applicable
codes and ordinances when renovating, remodeling, or repairing a
structure housing a nonconforming use.
(3) A person shall not change a use that is nonconforming as to parking or
loading to another use requiring more off-street parking or loading unless
the additional required parking or loading is provided.
(4) A person shall not expand a nonconforming use beyond the lot on which
the use is located, except the Board may permit the person to provide off-
street parking or loading on another lot.
(c) Nonconforming structures. A person may renovate, remodel, repair, rebuild, or
enlarge a nonconforming structure without Board approval if the work does not
increase the degree of nonconformity.
Sec. 18-492. General provisions.

(d) Design and installation. All public and private landscaped areas designated for
landscape, excluding side yards screened from public view and private rear
yards of single-family dwellings, shall be designed, installed and cultivated
following the requirements of this Code, including but not limited to:
(3) The landscape areas shall have an appropriately designed irrigation
system that provides efficient irrigation coverage to sustain the landscape
plant materials unless specifically modified under the provisions of this
Section 18-492(f).
a. An conceptual irrigation construction plan shall graphically depict,
and describe through appropriate notes, depict an water-efficient
irrigation design consistent with the landscape and grading plans.
This water-wise irrigation plan shall be submitted and approved as
part of the Development Permit Civil Construction Drawing process.
b. The irrigation plan shall account for slopes, microclimates, and
environmental factors so as to prevent runoff, minimize evaporation
and promote infiltration.
c. The water-demand of proposed hydrozones shall be tabulated to
determine a total in annual gallons per square foot for the overall
site landscape area.Each irrigation zone on the irrigation
construction plan should be designed to water plants with similar
water and environmental requirements.
77
Sec. 18-731. Policy.

(a) It is the policy of the City to subject the subdivision and subsequent development
of land to the control of the City pursuant to the Comprehensive Plan, water and
wastewater systems master plan, capital improvements program, and all other
rules, regulations, and policies the City may adopt for the orderly, planned,
efficient and economical development of the City.
(b) To be subdivided, land shall be of such character that it can be used safely for
development purposes without unnecessary danger to health or peril of fire, flood
or other menace.
(c) Land may not be subdivided until proper provision has been made for paving,
drainage, water, wastewater, public utilities, capital improvements, parks,
recreation facilities, and rights-of-way for streets, transportation facilities, and
improvements, except as specifically provided by this chapter.
(d)(b) These regulations supplement and are intended to facilitate the enforcement of
the provisions and standards of this chapter by the identification or creation of
legal building sites, tracts, streets, easements and other land areas upon which
the standards and provisions are applied.
stricken to read as follows:
Sec. 18-732. Purpose.

This article is adopted to ensure that the subdivision of land is done in such a
manner as to:
(1) Protect and provide for the public health, safety and general welfare of the
City;
(2) Promote orderly growth and provide for the harmonious development of
the City in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan;
(3) Provide for adequate light, air and privacy and secure safety from fire,
flood and other danger;
(4) Provide for the proper distribution of population and supportive land uses;
(5) Ensure that public facilities and services are available and will have
sufficient capacity to serve the development;
(6) Protect the character and the social and economic stability of all parts of
the City;
(7) Conserve and enhance the value of land throughout the City and the value
of buildings and improvements upon the land;
78
(8) Minimize the conflicts among the uses of land and buildings placed on the
land;
(9) Provide for the safe and efficient circulation of traffic throughout the City,
the avoidance of congestion in the streets and highways and along
pedestrian ways;
(10) Provide for the proper location and size of streets in relationship to the
adjacent development;
(11) Provide for reasonable standards for design in order to further the orderly
layout of land and ensure proper legal descriptions and monumenting of
subdivided land;
(12) Mitigate the pollution of air, streams and ponds, ensure the adequacy of
drainage facilities, safeguard the water table, and encourage the wise use
and management of the natural environment;
(13) Preserve and enhance the natural beauty and topography of the City and
ensure appropriate development with regard to such natural features; and
(14) Identify, preserve and provide for open spaces through the most efficient
design and layout of the land.
Sec. 18-733. Applicability.

(a) These subdivision regulations shall apply to all subdivisions of land, as defined
described in this article, located within the corporate limits of the City.
(b) Subdivision is required when:
(1) Any land, vacant or improved, is divided or proposed to be divided into two
or more legal building sites for the purpose of sale, exchange and/or
development.
(2) Two or more lots or properties are proposed to be combined into legal
building sites for the purpose of sale, exchange, transfer, lease or
development.
(3) A single lot or parcel which has not been subdivided in compliance with
the City's subdivision procedures is proposed for development by the
owner or the applicant, except for development projects that qualify as a
renovation project using the Minor Development Permit process,
Subsection 18-126(h)(1)c, shall not be required to be subdivided.
(4) A property is proposed to be developed in a manner inconsistent with, or
requiring an alteration of, an existing approved plat, except as specified
under Subsection (c) of this section.
79
(5) A dedicated property that has been abandoned or vacated is proposed for
development within a legal building site.
(6) There is the conversion of rental units into individual units for sale or
exchange as condominiums or other separate forms of property
ownership.
(c) Subdivision is not required when:
(1) Land is leased as a manufactured home pad site in a permitted
manufactured home park, where the owner or operator of the
manufactured home park maintains property records as to the size and
location of the pad sites.
(2) Land is sold as cemetery lots within a permitted cemetery, where the
cemetery maintains property records as to the size, location and
ownership of the lots.
(3) The creation of a leasehold for a space within a multi-occupant building
provided that the building is located on property that is part of an approved
subdivision and developed in accordance with site planapplicable
Conceptual Site Plan and Development Permit requirements of the City.
(4) The sale of agricultural property does not involve new development or any
purpose not directly related to agricultural use of the land or crops or
livestock raised thereon, and is at least 35 acres in size.
(5) Subsurface oil and gas mineral rights are sold or leased, or when a
Development Permit is obtained under Section 18-628.
(6) Land is divided through the foreclosure of a deed of trust or through a
court order.
(7) A Specific Use Permit or Development Permit is obtained for a wireless
telecommunications facility under Article XI of this chapter.
(8) A condominium plat is proposed for the site.
(d) No subdivision shall be created that does not create a legal building site or tracts.
(e) No building shall be erected on any property, nor shall a building permit be
issued for any building unless the property is part of a subdivision approved in
accordance with this article or prior subdivision regulations of the City, except
that development projects that qualify as a renovation project using the Minor
Development Permit process, Subsection 18-126(h)(1)c, shall not be required to
be subdivided.
(f) No person shall sell, exchange, or offer for recordation land required to be
subdivided under this article or offer for recordation any deed conveying a parcel
of land, unless a subdivision plat has been recorded in accordance with the
provisions of this article.
80
(g) Land which is being divided for the sole purpose of granting easements and/or
dedicating land is not required to be subdivided and shall be processed as a Plat
of Easement. Such divisions do not establish new legal building sites.
(h) The applicant shall place permanent reference monuments on the property to
identify the boundaries of lots, blocks, tracts, streets, and designated open
spaces in accordance with C.R.S. § 38-51-101 et. seq.
72. Section 18-761 of the Code is hereby repealed in its entirety.
Sec. 18-763. Plat of Easement process.

(a) Applicability. Approval of a Plat of Easement shall be required when a plat is
created for the sole purpose of vacating or granting easements.
(b) Initiation. A Plat of Easement application shall be initiated by application of all
property owners within the area of the request or the Thornton Development
Authority (TDA), if TDA has immediate possession of the property.
(c) Application.
(1) Plat of Easement applications shall be filed with the Department in
accordance with Section 18-8. The Plat of Easement application may be
required to contain any other reasonable and pertinent information that the
Director determines to be necessary for Plat of Easement review.
(2) The Director may waive one or more of the items listed as submission
requirements if they are not applicable given the nature of the proposed
subdivision. Requests for waiving of the requirements shall be in writing
to the Director prior to the application submittal.
(d) Criteria. The Director shall use the following criteria to evaluate a Plat of
Easement application:
(1) The Plat of Easement is consistent with the terms and conditions of any
previously approved Conceptual Site Plan or Development Permit;
(2) If vacating an easement, the application includes the approval in writing of
all easement holders and users;
(3) Street locations are not changed;
(4) The granting or vacation of an easement will not create any
nonconforming situations on the site; and
(5) The granting or vacation of an easement shall comply with all other
applicable requirements of the City Code and all other applicable
regulations and requirements.
81
(e) Notice of Decision. The Director shall give the applicant written notice of the
decision on the application within ten days after the application review is
completed.
(f) Appeals. A Plat of Easement decision by the Director may be appealed in
accordance with Section 18-101.
Sec. 18-764. Major sSubdivision Plat process.

(a) Initiation. A Subdivision Plat application shall be initiated by application of all
property owners within the area of the request or the Thornton Development
Authority (TDA), if TDA has immediate possession of the property.
(a)(b) Application. Application procedures for a major subdivision are as follows:
(1) Applicants for a major subdivision plat shall submit a Subdivision Plat for
review and action. An application for a Subdivision Plat shall be filed with
the Department in accordance with Section 18-8. The application shall
include all information listed as a requirement within the current
Subdivision Plat application checklist issued by the Department, and any
other reasonable and pertinent information that the Director determines to
be necessary for Subdivision Plat review. Further, the Director may waive
one or more of the items listed as submission requirements if they are not
applicable given the nature of the proposed subdivision.
(2) The Department shall determine if the submitted Subdivision Plat
application is complete. If the application is not complete the department
may reject the application and inform the applicant of the materials
needed to make the application complete. If the application is complete
the department shall initiate the Subdivision Plat process.
(2) Plat applications for property within an existing subdivision shall use the
name of the existing subdivision in their name. If not within an existing
subdivision, a new name shall be given to the proposed subdivision. The
proposed name shall not duplicate or sound substantially similar to the
name of any previously recorded Subdivision Plat which is within the City.
(b)(c) Subdivision Plat processCriteria. The Director shall use the following criteria to
evaluate a Subdivision Plat:
(1) The Subdivision Plat meets all of the applicable requirements of this
Development Code, and any other applicable subdivision development
regulations, standards and requirements; andThe planner-in-charge shall
prepare a staff report including the pertinent comments of the participating
City departments and divisions and other affected public agencies and the
recommendations of the Committee.
82
(1)(2) The Subdivision Plat is in substantial compliance with the approved
Conceptual Site Plan.
(2)(3) Director action.
a. The Director, considering the Code, the Conceptual Site Plan,
development standards or regulations and any other relevant
written documents or plans adopted by the Council, may approve,
approve with conditions, or deny the Subdivision Plat and make
explicit findings.
b. As part of the approval of the Subdivision Plat the Director may
permit or require that the Subdivision Plat be divided into two or
more development phases and may impose conditions upon each
phase as necessary to ensure the availability of public services and
orderly development of the Subdivision Plat.
(3) Effective period of plat approval.
a. The Subdivision Plat shall be effective for a period of three years
from the date of the Director's approval.
b. Prior to the end of the three years, the applicant shall have met all
requirements of the Subdivision Plat process and the plat shall
have been signed and recorded with the County Clerk and
Recorder of the county in which the plat is located.
c. The applicant may request in writing, prior to the expiration of the
Subdivision Plat or any portion of a Subdivision Plat, an extension
of the effective period. An extension application shall:
1. Show good cause for the extension;
2. Be limited to a maximum of 12 months; and
3. Be reviewed by the staff and approved by the Director.
(c)(d) Appeals of Subdivision Plat decisions of the Director.
(1) All Subdivision Plat applications shall be appealed under the requirements
of this subsection. The following parties may appeal an action of the
Director to the Council for review and final approval concerning
Subdivision Plat applications:
a. The applicant, in the case of a denial or approval with conditions;
b. The Council, when it feels that the application is one that requires
the review of the Council; or
c. Any affected party, which is defined as:
1. An individual who believes he or she has been is harmed or
negatively impacted by the actions of the Director's decision.
(2) An appeal by the applicant or by any affected party shall be made in
writing to the City Clerk within ten days following the action of the Director.
83
(3) An appeal by the Council shall not be construed to establish a position by
any Councilmember on the appeal. An appeal by the Council shall require
a request by one or more Councilmembers at a regular or special Council
meeting within the period of appeal provided in Subsection (c)(2) of this
section to review the action of the Director.
(4) In hearing an appeal or reviewing the decision of the Director on its own
request, the Council shall conduct a new public hearing. The standard of
review shall be the performance standards or criteria contained in this
chapter or other written document or plan adopted by the Council.
(5) The Council may uphold, overturn or amend the Director's decision.
(6) Staff shall, in the case of Council approvals and conditional approvals,
make them a part of the approved Subdivision Plat.
(d)(e) Completion of Subdivision Plat Process.
(1) Following approval of the Subdivision Plat the applicant shall:
a. If there are any public improvements required as a condition of plat
approval, complete a developer's agreement with the City which will
include requirements for dedication and improvement assurance in
accordance with Section 18-7;
b. Complete any final engineering not completed during the
Subdivision Plat process;
c. Make modifications to the Subdivision Plat in accordance with any
changes specified by the Director or Council as a condition of
Subdivision Plat approval.
(2) Once the applicant has submitted the Subdivision Plat and all supporting
materials to the planner-in-charge, the planner-in-charge shall distribute
the materials to all applicable departments and divisions for review.
(3) Once the technical review of the Subdivision Plat is completed and if all
requirements are met, the plat is ready for signing and recordation in
accordance with requirements in Section 18-767.
Sec. 18-765. Subdivision Plat amendment process.

(a) An administrative amendment to the Subdivision Plat is required to correct minor
errors in spelling, grammar or legal descriptions.
(b) All other Subdivision Plat amendments shall be processed in accordance with
Section 18-764.
84
Sec. 18-767. Signing and recordation of the Subdivision Plat and Plat of
Easement.
(a) Signing of the Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement. Procedures for signing of the
Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement are as follows:
(1) Subdivision Plats and Plats of Easement may be signed only after the City
Director has determined that the Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement and
supporting materials required by this chapter are:
a. In compliance, either directly or indirectly, or through assurances
made in an approved Developer’s Agreement between the City and
the applicant, as applicable;
a.b. In substantial conformance with all conditions established by the
Director in approving the Subdivision Plat; and
b. In substantial conformance with the Subdivision Plat approved by
the Director; and
c. In conformance with the cConceptual sSite pPlan, all other
requirements of this chapter and other applicable City
requirements.
(2) Prior to submitting the Subdivision Plat to the City, Tthe applicant and the
registered land surveyor shall sign the Subdivision Plat, have the
signatures notarized, and the applicant’s signature shall be notarized. and
submit aAn ownership and current title policy naming the City as an
insured party shall be submitted along with the signed plat to the City. In
lieu of the policy document, oran attorney's certificate shall be provided on
the plat. along with the signed plat to the City.
(3) Each applicable City official shall sign the Subdivision Plat or Plat of
Easement should it meet the conditions and requirements of this
subsection and other City rules and regulations.
(b) Recordation of the Subdivision Plat and Plat of Easement.
(1) Once the Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement is signed, the City shall:
(1)a. File the fully approved Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement with the
County Clerk and Recorder of the county in which the property is
located;
(2)b. Simultaneously record theany applicable dDeveloper's aAgreement
together with any other legal documents required to be recorded by
the City with the Subdivision Plat; and
(3)c. Mail a letter to the applicant verifying that the submissions have
been made to the County Clerk and Recorder for recordation in the
county in which the property is located.
85
(2) If the Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement is not recorded within 120 days
after the document is signed, the Subdivision Plat or Plat of Easement
approval shall lapse and be of no further effect.
(c) Execution of the approved Subdivision Plat in accordance with this section shall
constitute the City's acceptance of any public dedication.
Section 18-805. Street and block identification and signage.

(a) Block Numbering.
(1) Blocks shall be consecutively numbered within a subdivision and between
separate filings of a phased subdivision or an addition to an existing
subdivision.
(2) Tracts or outlots shall be lettered in alphabetical order.
(b) Street naming for public and private streets.
(1) Street names shall be in accordance with the following standards unless
otherwise approved by the City:
a. Any new public or private street to be established within the City,
and any existing unnamed public or private street, shall require a
street name approved by the Department.
b. Approved street names shall be designated on the Subdivision Plat.
c. All street names shall conform to the Denver Grid System.
Standard street names are assigned to a specific location in the
Grid, principally running in either the north-south or east-west
direction.
d. Numbered streets shall run principally in the east-west direction. In
general, the numerical designations shall change every 660 feet
from north to south within the designated grid.
e. Named streets shall run principally in the north-south direction. In
general, the alphabetical designation shall change every 330 feet
from east to west within the designated grid.
f. Street names shall be unique, and no street may have the same
name as another street.
g. Street names shall not be of similar pronunciation or spelling as any
other existing or proposed street.
h. No street name shall consist of more than two words or contain
more than fourteen letters, excluding the street suffix, unless
otherwise approved by the Department.
86
i. Streets with a centerline alignment that is offset 125 feet or less
from the centerline of an existing street and has the same
directional course shall continue the existing street name.
j. Street names shall change from a named street to a numbered
street when the street is at an angled deflection of 60 degrees or
more unless the street is a loop street or a street that meanders
through and serves a single development.
k. Curvilinear streets that cross and run parallel to other streets and
result in either alphabetical or numerical streets becoming out of
order shall be prohibited.
l. Bulbs or eyebrows with six or fewer lots shall be considered part of
the street that they abut and shall not be separately named.
(2) Suffix designation for streets shall be in accordance with the following
guidelines unless otherwise approved by the City:
a. Streets that have a definitive north-south directional course shall
use the suffix “Street.”
b. Streets that have a definitive east-west directional course shall use
the suffix “Avenue.”
c. A dead-end street or cul-de-sac less than 1,000 feet in length shall
use the suffix “Court”. This suffix shall not be used when the street
is an extension of an existing street or a continuation of a proposed
street, or when the street is designated to continue in an additional
phase of development.
d. A street that has its beginning and end on the same street shall use
the suffix “Loop.”
e. A street with its beginning and end at the same point shall use the
suffix “Circle.”
f. Long, continuous streets with tree and turf embellishment,
particularly within residential developments, may use the suffix
“Boulevard.”
g. Long, continuous streets with arterial or regional thoroughfare
characteristics may use the suffix “Parkway.”
h. East-west streets located between numbered streets with the
“Avenue” suffix should take the name of the preceding Avenue to
the south, with the suffix "Place."
i. East-west streets connecting with an east-west “Avenue” street
should take the name of the connecting Avenue with the suffix
"Drive."
j. North-south streets connecting with a north-south “Street” may take
the name of the connecting street with the suffix "Way."
87
k. Streets that do not have a definitive directional course shall use the
suffix “Lane,” “Terrace,” or “Road.”
(3) Changes to the approved street name may be considered by the
Department when:
a. The name change is necessary to correct a public health, safety, or
welfare concern; or
b. The name change is in the best interests of the City as determined
by the City Council.
(c) Street numbering on public and private streets.
(1) Address numbers shall be in accordance with the following standards
unless otherwise approved by the City:
a. Address numbers shall be assigned based on the location’s
geographic correlation within the Thornton Street Grid.
b. Structures shall be assigned an address number correlating to the
point where a line drawn perpendicular to the facing street
intersects with the primary entrance to the structure. Corner lots
shall be assigned based on the street the structure faces.
c. Even numbers shall be used to number structures or lots located on
the east and south sides of all streets.
d. Odd numbers shall be used to number structures or lots located on
the west and north side of all streets.
e. Address numbers on north-south streets will be determined in
relation to the Thornton Street Grid and shall increase sequentially
from the south to the north.
f. Address numbers on east-west streets will be determined in
relation to the Thornton Street Grid, increasing sequentially from
the zero axis to the east and from the zero axis to the west.
g. Address numbers for meandering or diagonally-oriented streets
shall be assigned according to the most favored axis of the
Thornton Street Grid.
h. Address numbers for “Circle” and “Loop” streets shall be assigned
based on the street’s most favored Thornton Street Grid base axis.
Numbering shall begin at the lowest numerical point on the favored
axis and shall continue as if the street were straight.
i. No address shall contain a “½” number or letter designation.
j. Hundred block designations shall start at street and avenue
intersections, except for long blocks:
1. A maximum of a 200-number limit shall be permitted on
north-south streets; and
88
2. A maximum of a 400-number limit shall be permitted on an
east-west street.
k. Properties accessed via a common driveway or access easement
shall be assigned an address based on the point where the
driveway or easement intersects a public or private street.
l. Streets with the same name but a different suffix shall not use the
same last digit in the numbering sequence. For example, if a street
with the suffix of “Avenue” uses ones and twos as the last digit for
the odd and even sides of the street, then a street with the same
name, but a different suffix, should use threes and fours as the last
digit for the odd and even sides of the street.
(2) Address numbering for specific occupancies shall be in accordance with
the following standards unless otherwise approved by the City.
a. Each occupancy in a nonresidential development shall have a
separate address. In the case of a multi-tenanted building with
individual occupancy access from an internal corridor, a single
building address shall be assigned, with the addition of a three-digit
suite number for each occupancy. The first digit of the suite
number shall represent the floor level of the entrance to the suite.
Multi-tenanted buildings with external access to individual
occupancies shall have an individual address assigned for each
occupancy. Individual addresses shall be assigned according to
the closest fronting street.
b. Single-family detached homes, duplexes, patio homes and
townhomes shall be assigned a separate address for each
individual unit.
c. A single multi-tenanted residential structure, including but not
limited to multifamily/apartment and condominium uses, shall be
assigned one address for the structure with the addition of a three-
digit number for each unit. The first digit of the unit number shall
represent the floor level of the entrance to the unit.
d. A multi-tenanted residential complex with two or more buildings,
including but not limited to multifamily/apartment and condominium
uses, with a single access point to an adjoining public or private
street, shall have an address assigned for the entire complex with:
1. A building number designated for and displayed on each
structure, beginning with the number ‘1’ and continuing
sequentially; and
2. Each individual unit assigned the building number
designation as well as a three-digit unit number, where the
first digit of the unit number represents the floor level of the
entrance to the unit.
89
e. A multi-tenanted residential complex with two or more buildings that
abuts two or more streets with an access point from each street,
including but not limited to multifamily/apartment and condominium
uses, shall have:
1. An address assigned for each structure, with each individual
unit assigned a three-digit number. The first digit of the unit
number shall represent the floor level of the entrance to the
unit; and
2. Buildings shall be addressed from the nearest adjoining
street which connects with the entrance drive.
f. Buildings with a mix of residential and nonresidential uses shall be
assigned address numbers as determined appropriate by the
Department.
g. Only one street address shall be assigned to a manufactured home
development. The owner of the development shall assign a unit
number to each individual pad site. Numbers shall be assigned in a
logical and sequential order.
(d) Display of addresses.
(1) General requirements
a. Approved address numbers shall be installed on all new and
existing buildings.
b. All address numbers shall conform with the requirements of the
International Fire Code as adopted and amended by the City.
c. Address numbers shall be plainly visible and legible from the street
fronting the property and shall contrast with the background color
on which they are displayed.
d. Address numbers shall be Arabic numerals. Numbers displayed as
words, such as “twenty-five” shall not be permitted.
e. Address numbers shall be at least four inches in height with a
stroke width of at least one-half inch. Larger address numbers are
encouraged to allow easier viewing by emergency responders.
f. All nonresidential structures with a rear entrance visible from a
public or private drive shall display the street addresses on or near
each rear building entrance.
g. If a structure is more than 75 feet from the street or is otherwise not
clearly visible from the street, its address shall also be posted at the
intersection of its access drive with the fronting street. Such
additional address posting shall be:
1. Clearly visible from the street; and
90
2. In compliance with the visual obstruction regulations in
Section 18-456(c); and
3. Displayed at least four feet above the ground and no more
than six feet above the ground; and
4. In compliance with the sign regulations in Article X of this
Code.
h. For multi-tenanted structures, each unit shall display the building
number and unit number adjacent to or on the main entry door. For
example, “Building 1, Apartment 202 shall display “1 – 202” on or
adjacent to the main entry door to the apartment.
(2) Multi-tenanted structures over one story, including but not limited to
multifamily/apartments, condominiums and nonresidential uses, shall
display the address or building number, as applicable, on all sides of the
building. These number(s) shall be at least ten inches in height with a
stroke width of at least three-fourths inch.
(e) Street Name Signs.
(1) The developer shall be required to install street name signs that comply
with applicable State regulations or the standards contained in the Manual
on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways published by
the U.S. Department of Transportation as adopted by the State of
Colorado. The design of street signs shall be consistent and of a uniform
size and color, and shall be in compliance with the City’s Standards and
Specifications.
(2) The permanent street name signs within a subdivision shall be installed
before a certificate of occupancy is issued for any buildings within the
subdivision.
(3) Street signs in phased subdivisions shall be installed such that sufficient
signage is in place to ensure that the building sites can be readily located
by emergency services.
(4) At least two street name signs shall be installed at each four-way
intersection. One street name sign shall be installed at each "T"
intersection within the subdivision and at intersections leading to the
subdivision from existing streets.
(5) Street name signs for regional thoroughfares and arterial and collector
streets shall have the hundred block number identified on the sign.
(f) Street Regulatory Devices and Streetlights.
(1) The developer shall be required to install and/or modify existing street
regulatory devices of the type and at the locations required by the City as
necessary to facilitate the safe and efficient movement of traffic generated
by the development.
91
(2) Within a subdivision, street regulatory devices shall be installed prior to
the opening of the street to traffic. Where street regulatory devices are
required on existing streets, they shall be in place or upgraded prior to the
issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the development.
(3) The developer shall install all required streetlights in accordance with this
chapter and applicable City requirements and as set forth in the
Developer's Agreement.
System for Naming Streets
Note: This diagram is for illustrative purposes only. Refer to the text of this
section for applicable requirements and regulations.
Sec. 18-1026. On-site signs in nonresidential zoning districts.

(b) Freestanding signs.
(1) General requirements for a pole sign.
Type (freestanding or wall) Freestanding: Pole sign
40 square feet in the zoning districts of A,
NS, CR, CC, MU or OI; or 80 square feet
Maximum Sign Area in the zoning districts of RC, BP, EC or I.
Pole signs are not permitted in EB, ES, EO
and ETD.
92
1 pole sign may be erected on any zone
lot that has equal to or greater than 90
lineal feet of street frontage, except those
Maximum Number of Signs zone lots which have more than 400 lineal
feet of street frontage may have 1
additional freestanding sign per 400-foot
increment
30 feet or the height of the building,
Maximum Height
whichever is less
1 foot for every foot in height of the sign, or
Minimum Setback 25 feet, whichever is less. No freestanding
sign shall have less than a 5-foot setback.
Illumination Concealed illumination or neon.
(2) General requirements for a monument sign.

Type (freestanding or wall)
Freestanding: Monument sign
60 square feet in the zoning districts of A,
NS, CR, MU, or OI, or ETD; 100 square
Maximum Sign Area feet in the zoning districts of RC, BP, CC,
EC or I; 40 square feet in the zoning
districts of EB, ES, and EO.
1 monument sign may be erected on any
zone lot that has equal to or greater than
90 lineal feet of street frontage, except
Maximum Number of Signs those zone lots which have more than 400
lineal feet of street frontage may have 1
additional freestanding sign per 400-foot
increment
Eight feet in the EB, ES, EO and ETD
zoning districts; 30 feet or the height of the
Maximum Height building, whichever is less, in zoning
districts of A, NS, CR, MU, OI, RC, BP,
CC, EC and I.
1 foot for every foot in height of the sign, or
25 feet, whichever is less. No
Minimum Setback
freestanding sign shall have less than a 5-
foot setback.
Illumination Concealed illumination or neon.
(3) Special requirements for freestanding signs.

a. If a zone lot exceeds 400 lineal feet of street frontage, one of the
zone lot’s additional freestanding signs may have a maximum sign
area of 200 square feet in the zoning districts of CR, RC, BP, CC,
EC, OI, MU or I;
93
b. In the ETD zoning district, if a zone lot exceeds 300 lineal feet of
street frontage, one of the zone lot’s additional freestanding signs
may have a maximum sign area of 100 square feet;
b.c. If two freestanding signs are constructed on one zone lot they shall
be compatible and similar in construction, design, and material, and
they shall be separated by at least 250 feet; and
c.d. No more than 50 percent of the total sign area of a freestanding
sign shall be manual changeable copy.
Sec. 18-1101. Nonresidential districts.

Wireless telecommunication facilities governed by this article and allowed as
main uses in the Neighborhood Services, Community Retail, Regional Commercial,
Business Park, City Center, Industrial, Employment Center, Mixed Use, and
Office/Institutional, Eastlake Business, Eastlake Service, Eastlake Office, and Eastlake
TOD Districts are subject to the following requirements:
(c) Maximum height.
(1) Ground-mounted tower/dishes. The maximum allowable height for
telecommunication towers (including all antennae and appurtenances) and
commercial satellite dishes on nonresidential lots shall conform to the
Maximum Height Chart for Ground-Mounted Facilities below or as
provided in Section 18-1101(c)(3) below.
Legend:
Regional Commercial
All heights are

Employment Center
Eastlake Business
expressed in
Community Retail
Eastlake Service
vertical feet
Eastlake Office
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
measured from
City Center
grade as defined
Mixed Use
Industrial
in Section 18-3 of
this Chapter.
“NP” means not
permitted.
Maximum
Height Chart
for Ground- Commercial districts
Mounted
Facilities
Commercial
N
1 radio or TV 50 80 80 50 80 80 50 50 35 25 35 50
P
facility
Commercial
N
2 satellite 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 35 25 35 50
P
dish
94
Mobile
N
3 telephone 50 80 80 50 80 80 50 50 35 25 35 50
P
facility
Public
4 safety 35 50 80 80 50 80 80 50 50 35 25 35 50
facility
(2) Building-mounted towers/dishes. The maximum allowable height for

telecommunication towers (including all antennae and appurtenances) and
commercial satellite dishes mounted on buildings located on
nonresidential lots shall conform to the Maximum Height Chart for
Building-Mounted Facilities below.
Legend:
All heights are
expressed in
Regional Commercial
Employment Center
vertical feet
Eastlake Business
Community Retail
measured from the
Eastlake Service
Eastlake Office
highest point of
Business Park
Eastlake TOD
that part of the
City Center
Mixed Use
building to which
Industrial
the facility is
mounted.
“NP” means not
permitted.
Maximum
Height Chart
for Building- Commercial districts
Mounted
Facilities
Commercial
N N N N N N N N N N N N N
1 radio or TV
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
facility
Commercial N
2 30 30 30 30 40 30 30 30 15 15 15 30
satellite dish P
Mobile
N N N N N N N N N N N N N
3 telephone
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
facility
Public safety
4 25 35 45 45 45 50 45 45 45 25 25 25 25
facility
Sec. 18-1102. Residential districts.

Wireless telecommunications facilities governed by this article and allowed as
main uses in the Agricultural, Residential Estate, Single-Family Detached, Single-Family
Attached, and Multifamily, Manufactured Home, and Eastlake Residential Districts are
subject to following requirements:
(d) Maximum height.
95
(1) The maximum allowable height for either building-mounted or ground-
mounted facilities shall conform to the following Maximum Height Chart.
The maximum height for ground-mounted facilities shall include all
antennae and appurtenances.
Legend:
Manufactured Home
All heights for building-mounted facilities
Residential Estate
indicate the maximum number of feet above
the highest point of the existing building or
structure on which the facility is mounted.
Agricultural
All heights for ground-mounted facilities are
Multifamily
expressed in vertical feet measured from
grade as defined in Section 18-3 of this
Chapter.
"NP" means not permitted.
Maximum Height Chart for
Telecommunication Facilities in Residential Districts
Residential Districts
1 Building-mounted facilities 25 25 15 15 25 NP 15
32 Ground-mounted facilities 65 50 50 50 60 NP 50
Sec. 18-1126. Permit standards and issuance.

(d) Any owner of property or an operator of a commercial satellite dish, with consent
of the owner of property may apply for a permit if:
(1) The lot for which a commercial satellite access permit is requested is
included within a zoned district classified as Agricultural (A), Community
Retail (CR), Regional Commercial (RC), Industrial (I), Business Park (BP),
City Center (CC), Employment Center (EC), Mixed Use (MU),
Office/Institutional (OI), Eastlake Business (EB), Eastlake Service (ES),
Eastlake Office (EO), Eastlake TOD (ETD) or Planned Development (PD)
where use standards are limited to or substantially equivalent to uses in A,
CR, RC, I, BP, CC, EC, MU, or OI, EB, ES, EO, or ETD Districts;
84. If any portion of this ordinance is held to be unconstitutional or invalid for any
reason, such decision shall not affect the constitutionality or validity of the remaining
portions of this ordinance. City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this
ordinance and each part hereof irrespective of the fact that any one part be declared
unconstitutional or invalid.
96
85. All other ordinances or portions thereof inconsistent or conflicting with this
ordinance or any portions hereof are hereby repealed to the extent of such
inconsistency or conflict.
86. The repeal or amendment of any provision of the Code by this ordinance shall
not release, extinguish, alter, modify, or change in whole or in part any penalty,
forfeiture, or liability, either civil or criminal, which shall have been incurred under such
provision, and each provision shall be treated and held as still remaining in force for the
purpose of sustaining any and all proper actions, suits, proceedings, and prosecutions
for the enforcement of the penalty, forfeiture, or liability, as well as for the purpose of
sustaining any judgment, decree, or order which can or may be rendered, entered, or
made in such actions, suits, proceedings, or prosecutions.
April 27, 2010.
PASSED AND ADOPTED on second and final reading on , 2010.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATTEST:
THIS ORDINANCE IS ON FILE IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE FOR PUBLIC

INSPECTION.
PUBLICATION:
Posted in six (6) public places after first and second readings.
Published in the Northglenn-Thornton Sentinel after first reading on May 6, 2010, and
after second and final reading on , 2010.
97
Meeting Date: Legal Review: Agenda Location: Agenda Item:
1'1 Reading 1.-
May 11, 2010 2'd Reading - ~ Consent Calendar 8D
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTERS 2 AND 54 OF THE THORNTON CITY CODE TO

Subject:
PROVIDE CERTAIN FRINGE BENEFITS TO DOMESTIC PARTNERS OF EMPLOYEES, AMEND
THE DEFINITIONS OF IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER AND RELATIVE, AND TO PROHIBIT
EMPLOYMENT DECISIONS BASED ON SEXUAL ORIENTATI~. f500-CAl
Prepared by: Tricia Hinton-Potter Approved by: Jack Ethred~ Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Charles W. LongCA... Presented by: Charles W. ~ ng by:

Deputy City Manager-
Manaqement Services
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• City Council desires to support and demonstrate diversity and equality in the City of Thornton by
providing certain fringe benefits to same-sex and opposite-sex domestic partners of employees.
• Recognizing the domestic partners of employees will provide health, dental, vision and life
insurance coverage to those who apply and qualify for enrollment. Further, employees with
domestic partners will be eligible for other City-provided benefits such as Sick Leave, Bereavement
Leave, Leave Donation, Family and Medical Leave.
• Human Resources will notify employees of these policy changes, which become effective on July 1,
2010, and allow qualifying enrollment prior to this date.
• The City Manager will update applicable Administrative Directives to implement these changes.
• The definitions of Immediate Family Member and Relative have been amended to include domestic
partners and to achieve greater consistency throughout the City's policies.
• There will be no increase to the premium rates for health, dental, vision and life and disability
insurance; however, based on experience from other survey employers there will be minimal budget
impact based on the additional expected enrollment and associated payroll taxes.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of this Code amendment which staff believes addresses City Council's
direction.
• In December 2007, City Council approved an amendment to Section 54-271 of the Thornton City
Code regarding Equal Employment Opportunity prohibiting discrimination based on sexual
orientation.
• City Council discussed offering benefits to domestic partners during the first quarter of 2010 and
directed staff to bring this ordinance amendment forward for Council's consideration.
INTRODUCED BY: _
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CHAPTERS 2 AND 54 OF THE THORNTON CITY

CODE TO PROVIDE CERTAIN FRINGE BENEFITS TO DOMESTIC PARTNERS OF
EMPLOYEES, AMEND THE DEFINITIONS OF IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER AND
RELATIVE, AND TO PROHIBIT EMPLOYMENT DECISIONS BASED ON SEXUAL
ORIENTATION.
WHEREAS, City Council desires to assist the City to recruit and retain good
employees in a competitive labor market; and
WHEREAS, City Council desires to demonstrate diversity and equality issues in

the City of Thornton; and
WHEREAS, City Council desires to provide benefits to same sex and opposite
sex domestic partners; and
WHEREAS, providing such benefits results in minimal additional costs to the

City; and
WHEREAS, Colorado law prohibits employment decisions based on sexual

orientation, and
WHEREAS, City Council desires to amend the definitions of Immediate Family

Member and Relative to include domestic partners and to achieve greater consistency
throughout the City's policies.

Sec. 2-187. Definitions.
Relative means an employee's husband, wife. domestic partner, daughter. son.

father, mother, brother. sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law. sister-in-law,
grandparent grandparent-in-Iaw, step-parent step-child, son-in-law, daughter-in-law,
grandchild and all relationships listed above as they relate to domestic partners.t!=le
spouse of, the child or stepchild of, or spouse of such child or stepchild of an officer,
board member, or employee. The relationships shall include but are not limited to those
arising by adoption.
Sec. 54-2. Definitions.
Domestic Partner means a legal or personal relationship between two individuals
who live together and share a common domestic life but are neither joined by marriage
nor a civil union.
Immediate family member means an employee's husband, wife, domestic
partner. daughter, son, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law,
brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandparent, grandparent-in-law, step~parent, step~child,
son-in-law, daughter-in-law.-aA4 grandchild and all relationships listed above as they
relate to domestic partners.
Sec. 54-8. Employee development.

(a) Policy. It shall be the policy of the City to encourage and provide educational and
training opportunities to all employees without regard to race, color, sex, national
origin, age, religion, sexual orientation or handicap. To effectuate this policy, the
City will provide intra-city training programs and outside educational opportunities
with the intent to increase the proficiency, knowledge, skills and abilities of
employees.
Sec. 54-10. Personnel files.

(a) Custody and content. The Human Resources ManagerDirector shall maintain a
personnel file for each employee which shall include such information as the
employee's name, position title, department, salary, application for employment,
examination papers, physical examination, reports, information relating to
changes in employment status, reprimands, disciplinary actions and any other
information considered pertinent by the Human Resources ManagerDirector.
Employees shall be required to immediately report all changes of name, marital
status, dependents, domestic partner status. address and home telephone
numbers to the Human Resources ManagerDirector within three working days of
such change.
5. Section 54-182 of the Code is hereby amended by the deletion of the

words stricken and the addition of the words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec.54-182. Grounds for disciplinary actions
(21) Depriving or intending to deprive any other employee or a member of the

public with whom an employee comes in contact during the performance of such
2
employee's duties of an employment opportunity or otherwise adversely affecting
that person's status as an employee because of race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, ancestry, alienage, handicap, marital status, political affiliation,
sexual orientation or age except where such disparate treatment is required by a
bona fide occupational qualification permitted by law.
(25) Violation of the City's sexual harassment policy.
6. Section 54-212(b)(1) of the Code is hereby amended by the addition of the

words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 54-212. Grounds.
(b) Exceptions. For the purposes of this section, the following actions shall not be
considered to be grievances.
(1) A complaint concerning any act of discrimination on the basis of race,

religion, creed, color, ancestry, alienage, veteran status, national origin,
sex, disability, sexual orientation, marital status, political affiliation or age;
provided, however, that the employee may file a complaint concerning
such action pursuant to the provisions of Section 54-272.
7. Section 54-243(a) of the Code is hereby amended by the deletion of the

Sec. 54-243. Nepotism.
(a) No person shall be hired, promoted, demoted, transferred or otherwise placed in

a position which would result in such person directly, or through the departmental
chain of command, supervising or receiving supervision from an immediate
family rnernber7. for the purposes of this section, the term "family member" shall
be defined as: a parent, stepparent or adoptive parent; child, stepchild, or
adopted child; sibling, half-brother,-Bf half-sister, step-brother, step-sister,
ancestor or descendant, by blood or marriage; husband or ','life; uncle, aunt,
nephew, niece. by blood or marriage; or other person with whom the employee is
in the substantial equivalent of a family relationship.
8. Sections 54-271(a) and (f) of the Code are hereby amended by the
deletion of the words stricken and the addition of the words double-underlined to read
as follows:
Sec. 54-271. Policy.

(a) Equal employment opportunity. The City is an equal opportunity employer. The
City reaffirms its commitment to comply with all appropriate federal and State
laws and regulations regarding nondiscrimination in employment, including such
3
laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination against any person in recruitment,
examination, hiring, classification, training, promotion, retention, assignment of
duties, granting of rights and benefits, or any other personnel action because of
race, color, religion, sex, creed, age, national origin, disability, sexual orientation
or veteran status, except for bona fide occupational reasons. The City further
reaffirms its intent to provide reasonable accommodations for disabled
employees or employee applicants as required by law in an effort to enhance
accessibility to the work place. It shall be the duty of every official, supervisor and
employee of the City to foster to the best of such person's ability equal treatment
in hiring, training, promotion, disciplinary action, separation, transfer, duties
assignment, performance evaluation and all other relationships between and
among employees, supervisors and officials.
e) Employees. All City employees shall interact fairly and objectively with fellow
employees without discrimination in their personal conduct and daily
performance of their duties, regardless of race, sex, religion, creed, color,
national origin, veteran status, ancestry, alienage, disability, marital status,
political affiliation, sexual orientation or age, except where such disparate
treatment is required by a bona fide occupational qualification permitted by law.
(f) Equal employment opportunity plan. The purpose of the equal employment
opportunity plan and any applicable affirmative action plan shall be to:
(1) Foster full equality of treatment of all persons in every aspect of policy in
conformance with applicable State and federal legislation, without regard
to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, alienage,
disability, marital status, political affiliation, sexual orientation or age,
except where such disparate treatment is required by a bona fide
occupational qualification permitted by law.
(g) Sexual orientation. The City affirms its commitment to nondiscrimination in
employment by not discriminating against any person in recruitment,
examination, hiring, classification, training, promotion, retention, assignment of
duties, or any other personnel action because of sOJ{Ual orientation. Nothing
herein shall include the granting of rights or benefits to a domestic partner of an
employee.
9. The introductory paragraph, Section 54-272 of the Code, is hereby

amended by the addition of the words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 54-272. Complaints of discrimination.

Any employee of the City or any applicant for a position with the City who
believes that such employee or applicant has been discriminated against on the basis of
race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, alienage, disability, marital
status, political affiliation, sexual orientation or age, except where such disparate
treatment is required by a bona fide occupational qualification permitted by law, may file
a complaint in accordance with the following procedures:
4
10. Section 54-311 of the Code is hereby amended by the addition of the
words double-underlined to read as follows:
Sec. 54-311. Sick leave.
Sick leave shall be granted regular employees to ensure economic protection
against illness or injury. Regular employees shall receive paid sick leave when
incapacitated for work as a result of a mental or physical illness or conditions not
arising from employment with the City, and for medical or dental appointments for
the employee or immediate family member when it is not possible to schedule
such appointments during nonworking hours or when an immediate family
member is ill and it is absolutely necessary for the employee to remain away
from work as a result of such illness. Further, the appointing authority may
approve the use of up to 80 hours of paid sick leave in other circumstances as
provided in an administrative directive.
11. Section 54-315 of the Code is hereby amended by the deletion of the
Sec. 54-315. Confirmation of illness.

An employee's department head, with the approval of the Human Resources
ManagerDireotor, may, at the time of the employee's alleged illness or upon the
employee's return to work, require that the employee submit to the employee's
department head a doctor's statement confirming the employee's illness, the illness of
the employee's immediate family member, and the employee's ability to return to work.
The Human Resources ManagerDireotor may require the employee to undergo a
physical examination conducted by a City-designated physician, to be paid for by the
City, for confirmation of the employee's illness and/or ability to return to work.
12. Section 54-326(a) of the Code, definition of health and accident insurance,
is hereby amended by the deletion of the words stricken and the addition of the words
Sec. 54-326. Fringe benefits.
Health and Welfare PlansaccickJnt insurance means aooident and health, dental,
vision, life, and other insurance plans, as they may from time to time be amended,
provided by the City to eligible employees and their dependents and domestic partners
and children of domestic partners as set forth in the City's approved budget.
5
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,2010.
PASSED AND ADOPTED on second and final reading on _

2010.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATTEST:
THIS ORDINANCE IS ON FILE IN THE CITY CLERK'S OFFICE FOR PUBLIC

INSPECTION.
PUBLICATION:
Posted in six (6) public places after first and second readings.
Published in the Northglenn-Thornton Sentinel after first reading on ,2010,

and after second and final reading on ,2010.
6
st
~
1 Reading --
May 11,2010 nd Consent Calendar BE
2 Reading --
A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS OF THE PARKS

Subject:
AND OPEN SPACE ADVISORY COMMISSION. /if'
j
l,/
Ethred~
<'
Prepared by: Nancy VincentI"" v . Approved by: Jack Ordinance previously introduced
I <
Reviewed by: Jack Ethredge Presented by: Nancy Vincent by:

City Clerk
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• The Bylaws of the Parks and Open Space Advisory Commission (POSAC) have been amended
to change the date for election of officers from January to April to coincide with the board
members' terms of office.
• None.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the Resolution to approve this amendment to the POSAC
Bylaws. At its April 27, 2010 meeting, the Commission unanimously reCOrTlrTlended approval of
the proposed change.
HISTORY:
• Council approved the Bylaws for the Parks and Open Space Advisory Commission on June 14,
1999.
• In January 2010, direction was given by City Council to amend the Bylaws or Rules of
Procedure for all City boards to change the date for election of officers to coincide with the
board members' terms of office.
RESOLUTION
A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS OF THE PARKS

AND OPEN SPACE ADVISORY COMMISSION.
WHEREAS, City Council adopted the Parks and Open Space Advisory
Commission Bylaws on June 14, 1999; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2-81 (a) of the City Code, City Council may
create and amend bylaws for boards, commissions and authorities; and
WHEREAS, bylaws establish the procedures for meetings; and
WHEREAS, the Parks and Open Space Advisory Commission voted

unanimously on April 27, 2010 to recommend to City Council an amendment to the
Bylaws to change the date for election of officers from January to April to coincide with
the board members' terms of office.

That the amendment to the Bylaws of the Parks and Open Space Advisory
Commission, attached as Exhibit A, is hereby approved.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATTEST:

Exhibit A
CITY OF TI10RNTON
PARKS AND OPEN SPACE ADVISORY COMMISSION
BYLAWS
Adopted by the
Thornton Parks and Open Space Advisory Commission
April 27, 1999
Approved by City Council

June 14, 1999
Amended
April 27,2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Definitions
Section 1. Meetings 2
1.1 Schedule of COilllnission Regular Meetings
1.2 Special Meetings~ Organizational Meetings,
Work Sessions or other Public Meetings
1.3 Continued Meetings
1.4 Executive Sessions
1.5 Quoruln
Section 2. COlwnission Officers 3

2.1 Duties of Officers
2.2 Election of Officers
2.3 Temporary Presiding Officer 4
Section 3. Other City Personnel 5

3.1 Recording Secretary
3.2 City Manager's designee
3.3 City Attorney
Section 4. Comlnission MClnbcrs--Duties and Privileges 6

4.1 Questions of Order
4.2 Ri&~t of Appeal
4.3 Making Motions
4.4 Disqualification of MelTIber frOlTI Participation
4.5 Voting; Passage and Failure of Motions
4.6 Dissents and Protests 7
4.7 Attendance Required
4.8 Excusal fr0111 Attendance
4.9 Excusal during Meetings
Section 5. COlmnission Procedure 8

5.1 Delivery of Agendas, Staff Reports and Related
Materials
5.2 Order of Business
5.3 Call to Order
5.4 Hearings which arc not Public Hearings 9
5.5 Conduct of Public Hearings
5.6 Meetings Extending past 8:30 P.M.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.7 Procedure in Absence of Rule 10

5.8 Recess
Section 6. Resolutions 11
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Review
Section 7. Miscellaneous 12
7.1 Pennission required to address Conunission
7.2 DecorUln during Meeting
7.3 Suspension of Bylaws
7.4 Amendlnent of Bylaws
CITY OF THORNTON
PARI(S AND OPEN SPACE ADVISORY COMMISSON BYLAWS
DEFINITIONS
COffilnission: City of Thornton Parks and Open Space Advisory COlnlnission
COlmnission Melnbers: Resident of Thornton appointed by the Council who holds no other
position with the City and is a qualified elector in the City.
Council: City Council of the City of ThoTI1ton.
Meeting: Any meeting of the COlnlnission that meets the requirements of the Charter and
the applicable sections of the ThOlnton City Code.
Officcrs: Chair and Vice-Chair of the Con11nission elected by the COlnmission Inembers.
Presiding Officer: An individual elected by the COlrunission to telnporarily preside over the
Ineeting until the Chair or Vice-Chair is available to preside over the meeting.
CITY OF THORNTON
PARKS AND OPEN SPACE ADVISORY COMMISSON BYLAWS
Section 1. Meetings
1.1 Schedule of Commission Regular Meetings
The Commission shall lueet in regular session at 6:30 p.m. on the fourth Tuesday of
January, April, July, and October. When a scheduled n1eeting falls on a holiday which is officially
recognized by the City or there is a conflict with a City Councillueeting, the regular lueeting shall
be held on the Tuesday of the following week at the same hour unless otherwise provided for by
motion. The COlnmission may by lnotion dispense with any regular n1eeting. The place of Ineeting
shall be the City Council ChaIubers in the Civic Center building unless otherwise designated. All
lueetings of the Parks and Open Space Advisory Comlnission shall be Open Meetings as provided
in the City Code.
1.2 Special Meetings, Organizational Meetings, Work Sessions or other Public Meetings
Special Meetings, Organizational Meetings, Work Sessions or other Public Meetings shall
be called in accordance with (1) the applicable sections of the City Code, and (2) that section of the
Colorado Revised Statutes entitled "Open Meetings Law", which states in part that all meetings
shall be declared open to the public at all tin1es, and shall only be held after full and tilTIely notice to
the public. Further, ll1inutes shall be recorded, and executive sessions 111ay be held under certain
circUlTIstances.
1.3 Continued Meetings
Any Ineeting of the Commission may be continued or continued frOln day to day or for
more than one day, but no continuance shall be for a longer period than until the next regular
meeting thereafter.
1.4 Executive Session
The Commission may meet in Executive Session in accordance with the City Code.
1.5 Quorum
A majority of the members ofthc Con1luission in office at the thue shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business at all Commission meetings. In the absence of a quorUlTI, a lesser
nmubcr may continue any meeting to a later thne or date; and, in the absence of all1uelnbers, the
Recording Secretary may continue any Ineeting for not longer than one week.
2
CITY OF THORNTON
Section 2. Commission Officers
2.1 Duties of Officers
A. The Chair shall be the presiding officer of the COlnmission. In the absence of the
Chair, or any titne at the Chair's option, the Vice-Chair shall be the presiding officer of the
Commission. The Chair and Vice-Chair shall be voting members of the COlntuission and
accorded the same rights and privileges accorded other lllelubers.
B. The Chair shall have the responsibility to ensure that alltneetings are conducted in
an open and fair manner and that no individual member's opinion is allowed to dOluinate a
meeting. The Chair shall clearly docmuent any problems or issues and work with metubers
who deviate from acceptable procedural standards. If a tuember has not taken steps to
comply with such standards, on the second incident which is noted by the Chair, the Chair
will notify the City Manager's Designee to advise the City Manager and the Council of the
matter. Ifthe Chair is not following the standards, the City Manager's Designee shall notify
the City Manager who will forward the issue to City Council. The Chair shall attend the
Mayor and Chair nleeting and report the results to the Commission. The Chair shall assist
the City Manager' s Designee in training of new lTIcmbcrs. The Chair shall act as liaison
with the City Council and COilllllunicate City Council goals and policies to the Comtnission.
2.2 Election of Officers
The Chair and Vice-Chair of the COlTIlnission shall be elected at the regular tTIeeting in
each year or at the next regular Ineeting following the pennanent vacation of any
officer's seat on the COlumission. The tnenlbers shall rotate the position of Chair and Vice-Chair
whenever possible. This shall be the first order of business at that nleeting. Any metnber may
nominate any tnember, including thelllseives, and no second shall be required. Any nOll1inee tuay
decline the nOluinatioll. After nOluinations each officer shall be elected by secret ballot; and, at the
close of each ballot, the City Manager's designee, with the assistance of another City staff person,
shall count and announce the vote. Until one person has received the vote of a majOlity of all
melubers of the COlun1ission, successive ballots will be taken. After election of the Chair, the Chair
will preside, but the City Manager's designee will continue to count and announce the votes. In the
event that no members accept nonlination of Chair or Vice-Chair, the City Manager's designee shall
inform the City Council imluediately.
2.3 Temporary Presiding Officer
111 the case of the absence of the Chair and Vice-Chair, the Recording Secretary shall call the
Comtnission to order and call the roll of the n1embers. The Commission shall proceed to elect, by a
tnajority vote of those present, a temporary presiding officer of the meeting to act until the Chair or
Vice-Chair is available.
3
CITY OF THORNTON
Section 3. Other City Personnel
3.1 Recording Secretary
A City en1ployee appointed by the City Manager shall serve as Recording Secretary of the
COll11uission and shall keep minutes of the meetings and perform such other and further duties in the
meeting as 111ay be ordered by the Chair, COlumission or City Manager or the City Manager's
desib>nee. All public n1eetings of the Con11uission shall be tape-recorded. 111e Recording Secretary
will prepare SUlun1ary luinutes of each Regular Meeting. The Chair shall sign the surnn1ary luinutes
after their approval and correction, and the Recording Secretary shall attest to the Chair's signature.
The Recording Secretary shall furnish each luen1ber of the Con11uission and each lueluber of the
City Council with a copy of the sumn1ary luinutes. Publication of all official notices for the
COlumission shall be the responsibility of the Recording Secretary or other City eluployee
appointed by the City Manager.
3.2 City Manager's designee
The City Manager's designee or an appointed senior staff luember shall attend all 111eetings
of the Commission. The City Manager's designee and Senior Staff may make recon1mendations to
the Con11uission and n1ay take part in discussions on a111natters COIning before the Comluission but
shall have no vote in the mcetings of the COlTIlnission.
3.3 City Attorney
The City Attoll1ey or designee shall attend all public hearing lueetings of the Con11nission.
Any member of the Commission luay at any time call upon the City Attorney or desibJllee for an
oral or written opinion to decide any question of law. The City Attorney or designce shall be the
parliamentarian.
4
CITY OF THORNTON
Section 4. COnmllssion Members--Duties and Privileges
4.1 Questions of Order
The presiding officer shall decide all questions of order, subject to appeal to the
COilllllission. If a member transgresses the rules of the Comlllission, the presiding officer shall call
the lllelllber to order, in which case the member shall relinquish the floor unless penl1itted to
explain.
4.2 Right of Appeal
Any member may appeal a ruling of the presiding officer to the Commission. If the appeal
is seconded, the IllClllbcr making the appeal may briefly state the reason for the SaIlle, and the
presiding officer nlay briefly explain the reason for the ruling; but there shall be no debate on the
appeal, and no other lllenlber shall participate in the discussion. The presiding officer shall then put
the question, "Shall the decision of the presiding officer be sustained?" If a lllajority of the
lnembers present vote "Yes," the ruling of the presiding officer is sustained; otherwise it is
overruled.
4.3 Making Motions
A Illotion presented by any mClllber will require a second. The presiding officer will have
the SaIne rights and privileges of Inaking motions as any other Inember.
4.4 Disqualification of Melnber from Participation
No Inenlber lnay participate in the debate or vote upon any question when in violation of the
Code of Ethics, of the City Code. A request to be excused frOlU participation in or voting upon a
question for any other reason must be Inade before the vote is taken.
4.5 Voting; Passage and Failure of Motions
The vote by "Yes" and "No" shall be taken upon all motions and entered upon the Ininutes
of the Comlnission proceedings. Any meinber lllay explain their vote after the Illation is made.
Such explanation shall be recorded in the luinutes upon request. A Illation shall pass if it receives
the affinnative votes of a majority of COlnlnission Inembers present and voting. Any motion for
approval or recOlnmendation of approval failing to receive a lnajority vote shall result in denial or
recoilllnendation of denial as the ease lnay be.
5
CITY OF THORNTON
4.6 Dissents and Protests
Any member shall have the right to express dissent frOIU or protest against any action of the
COffilnission and have the reason therefor entered upon the nlinutes of the COlUIuission proceedings.
Such dissent or protest nlust be filed in writing or Iuade orally on the record, couched in respectful
language and presented to the C01mnission not later than the next regular meeting following the
date of the action protested.
4.7 Attendance Required
A written report signed by the Conl1uission Chair shall be sent to the City Council
concerning any luenlber of the Conl1uission who has three consecutive unexcused absences from
COlUIuission lueetings for Council detennination as to whether this shall result in reluoval of that
member from the Commission. Such report shall be sent to the Council within three days following
such luenlber's third unexcused absence.
4.8 Excusal from Attendance
No lueluber shall be excused fr01u attendance at a Comluission meeting unless the luember
has infonued the Chair, the City Manager's designee or the Recording Secretary prior to the
lueeting.
4.9 Excusal during Meetings
No nleluber luay be excused while in lueeting without penllission fronl the presiding
offIcer.
6
CITY OF TIIORNTON
Section 5. Commission Procedure
5.1 Delivery of Agendas, Staff Reports and Related Materials
On the Friday preceding any COlTIlllission l11eeting, the City Manager's desif,'11ee will have
an agenda showing the order of business, copies of communications, staff reports with supporting
docUlnents, and other items relating to the business for each Commission n1elnber subn1itted to the
Commission Members. If the City Manager's designee finds that the n1aterials will not be available
by the Friday preceding the Inecting, the Recording Secretary shall notify the COlnmission n1en1bers
that distribution of n1aterials will be late.
5.2 Order of Business
The business of all Regular l11cetings of the COlnn1ission shall be transacted in the following
order unless the Commission votes to change the order. Within each nUlnerical heading, the
COlmnission's agenda shall be arranged by the staff in a manner judged to be most appropriate for
the agenda items to be heard. The itelTIS will be numbered consecutively with the exception that
related itClTIS will have the sanle nUlncrical designation but different alphabetic designation.
1. Call to order
2. Roll call of 111elnbers
3. Approval of Agenda
4. Approval of sUlmnary of Ininutes of preceding meeting
5. Audience Participation
6. Public Hearings
7. Unfinished Business
8. New Business
9. Follow-up Reports
10. Administrative Matters
11. Staff Communications
12. Adjoununent
5.3 Call to Order
The presiding officer shall call the lllClllbers to order at the hour appointed for the
COlnn1ission to meet.
7
CITY OF THORNTON
5.4 Hearings which are not Public Hearings
At the sole discretion of the presiding officer, any person Inay be pennitted to speak at a
hearing which is not a public hearing.
5.5 Conduct of Public Hearings
The purpose of the Public Hearings is to hear testimony and receive evidence in order to
assist the COlllil1ission in making recOlnmendations to City Council.
A. Presentation of Evidence. The presiding officer shall declare the public hearing
opcned and shall receive testimonial and delnonstrativc evidence into the record. All those
desiring to be heard on a particular issue at a regular public hearing before the COlnmission
shall inform the presiding officer in writing itnlnediately prior to the hearing of their
intention unless this requirelnent is waived by the presiding officer. The presiding officer
may lilnit the time any individual may speak if necessary to give all persons who have
requested to speak an equal opportunity to do so. No person n1ay speak more than once
except with the penl1ission of the presiding officer and in no event until all persons
requesting an opportunity to speak have done so. After all of the evidence has been taken,
the presiding officer will declare the public hearing closed and the question will be placed
before the Commission for consideration.
B. Reopening of a Public Hearing. Whenever a public hearing has been opened and
continued to another date or where it has been closed and the C0111lnission wishes to take
additional evidence prior to a vote or a reconsideration of a vote the presiding officer Inay
5
reopen the public hearing for purposes of taking such additional evidence. The presiding
officer n1ay litnit the scope of such evidence to be taken. Whenever a public hearing is
reopened and additional evidence is taken, all such additional evidence shall be incorporated
into the original public hearing.
5.6 Meetings Extending Past 8:30 p.m.
At 8:30 p.ln., if the regular Ineeting of the COllli11ission has not previously been adjourned,
further proceedings shall be conducted as follows: all public hearings not previously considered
shall be opened and continued to another date. Further proceedings shall not extend beyond 30
Ininutes after 8:30 p.m. and shall be limited to the business then under consideration and no other.
All other Inatters relnaining on the agenda shall be continued to another date unless the COll1ll1ission
votes by a 111ajority to extend the lneeting beyond 8:30 p.lU.
8
CITY OF THORNTON
5.7 Procedure in Absence of Rule
In the absence of a bylaw to govenl a point of procedure, reference shall be had to Robert's
Rules of Order Newly Revised, as anlended from til11e to tilTIe.
5.8 Recess
A recess t11ay be called at any time either by the presiding officer or upon motion by a
Inenlber and with the consent of the 111ajority. The COlnmission shall not adjourn while in recess
but 111ust reconvene prior to adjoUTIltnent.
9
CITY OF TIIORNTON
Section 6. Resolutions
6.1 Introduction
All resolutions shall be introduced to the COlTIlnission in written fonn.
6.2 Review
All proposed resolutions shall have a staff report with a brief digest of the provisions
thereof.
10
CITY OF THORNTON
Section 7. Miscellaneous
7.1 Pem1ission required to address COlnlnission
Except during a public hearing, persons other than Inelnbers of the C0111lnissiol1 and City
officials shall not be pennitted to address the Conu11ission except upon recognition by the presiding
officer. Any COlnlnission lnen1ber may request the presiding officer to recognize any person other
than a City official. If pennission is not granted, the decision of the presiding officer lnay be
appealed in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws.
7.2 Deconlm dUling Meeting
The presiding officer shall preserve decorUln during a Ineeting. The presiding officer shall
have the right to eject, after reasonable warning, any person disnlpting a meeting. No signs or
placards will be displayed by an applicant, or audience in the audience section during a public
hearing. Loud sounds such as cheering, applause, or booing shall be limited by the Chair. Video or
audio recording of a hearing by persons other than City employees is at the discretion of the Chair
and in no event shall any recording interfere with or in1pede a lueeting.
7.3 Suspension of Bylaws
Any provision of these Bylaws, not governed by the Charter or Code, luay be teluporarily
suspended at any n1eeting of the COlnn1ission by a majority Yote of all members of the COlnmission.
Any rule n1ay be suspended by general consent if presented by the presiding officer and if there are
no objections frOlU any lneluber.
7.4 Alnendment of Bylaws
These Bylaws Inay be amended or new Bylaws adopted by a lnajority Yote of all n1elnbers
of the Commission. Such adoption shall not be effective until approved by Council. Any such
alterations or ill11cndlnents shall be sublnittcd in writing at the luccting preceding their adoption, and
they shall be placed on the agenda under the order of new business. This requirement shall be
waived only by unanimous consent with a recorded vote of all n1elnbers.
11
Meeting Date: Work Plan # Agenda location: Agenda Item:
151 Reading __
May 11,2010 2nd Reading __ Consent Calendar 8F
A RESOLUTION APPOINTING A
Subject: MBER TO THE SENIOR CITIZEN ADVISORY
BOARD.
l/J
Prepared by: Nancy Vincen-v-7 ~ ~ Approved by: Jack Ethred~~/ "" Ordinance previously introduced
By:
Reviewed by: Jack Ethredge Presented by: Nancy Vincent -------
Cit Clerk
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• This resolution appoints a member to the Ward 4 position on the Senior Citizen Advisory Board
for a four-year term which began March 1, 2010 and ends March 1, 2014.
• None
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the Resolution appointing Selena Jaramillo to the Ward 4
position on the Senior Citizen Advisory Board for a four-year term which began March 1, 2010
and ends March 1, 2014.
HISTORY:
• One vacancy exists on the Senior Citizen Advisory Board due to the resignation of Don
Furakawa.
• The Senior Citizen Advisory Board interviewed Selena Jaramillo for the Ward 4 position on April
16, 2010 and recommended that she be appointed.
RESOLUTION
A RESOLUTION APPOINTING A MEMBER TO THE SENIOR CITIZEN ADVISORY

BOARD.
WHEREAS, a vacancy exists on the Senior Citizen Advisory Board due to the
resignation of Don Furakawa; and
WHEREAS, on April 16, 2010, the Senior Citizen Advisory Board interviewed
Selena Jaramillo for the Ward 4 position and has determined that she is highly qualified
and will be committed to effectively serving on the Board.

That Selena Jaramillo is hereby appointed to the Senior Citizen Advisory Board for
a four-year term which began March 1, 2010 and ends March 1, 2014.
Thornton, Colorado, on 2010.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATTEST:

May 11, 2010

1st Reading
nd
2 Reading
--
vwtt/ Action Items lOA
A RESOLUTION RATIFYING AND APPROVING A COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT

Subject:
BETWEEN THE CITY OF THORNTON AND THE THORNTON F~EFIGHTERS LOCAL NO. 2376,
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS. [400-AG]
Prepared by: Tricia Hinton-Potter Approved by: Jack Ethredf Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Charles W. Lan (X:. Presented by: Charles W. L ng

Deputy City Manager -
by:
Management Services
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
• The present Collective Bargaining Agreement between the City and the Firefighters Union is a
2-year Agreement which expires on January 1, 2011.
• Representatives of the City and Firefighters Union met during an 8-day period commencing on
March 29, 2010 and have negotiated a new Agreement.
• The proposed Agreement will cover a 1-year period from January 1, 2011 to January 1, 2012.
• The proposed Agreement has been ratified by the members of the Firefighters Union.
• The proposed Agreement provides for no increases in the base wages of the firefighters.
• A redlined copy of the Agreement is attached and reflects the changes to the Agreement.
• No budget implications
RECOMMENDATION:
• Staff recommends approval of the resolution because the Agreement represents a fair and
equitable wage and benefit package for the Firefighters over the next year.
• Chapter XVIII of the Thornton City Charter provides the Firefighters Union with the right to bargain
collectively for wages, benefits and certain other conditions of employment with the City.
• The City Council's appointed Labor Attorney, Martin Semple, headed the City's negotiating team
which also included John Staley, Fire Chief; Charles W. Long Deputy City Manager for l
Management Services; and Tricia Hinton-Potter, Human Resources Manager; who were selected
by the City Manager.
• City Council last approved a 2-year Collective Bargaining Agreement with the Firefighters Union on
May 27 2008 (for 2009 and 2010).
l
S'\M~l'rltSvc~\COlmci; Ilet'T'ls\2U1 O\a~_Fire Agreamerlt051 11Qdoc

RESOLUTION
A RESOLUTION RATIFYING AND APPROVING A COLLECTIVE BARGAINING

AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF THORNTON AND THE THORNTON
FIREFIGHTERS LOCAL NO. 2376, INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter XVIII of the City Charter, the
respective representatives of the City of Thornton and the Thornton Firefighters Local No.
2376, International Association of Firefighters, entered into collective bargaining negotiations
on March 29, 2010, with respect to matters affecting wages, fringe benefits, and all other
terms and conditions of employment, effective January 1, 2011, and continuing to
January 1, 2012; and
WHEREAS, the negotiating teams representing the City and the Firefighters,
respectively, have met and reached agreement on all items subject to the negotiations; and
WHEREAS, such agreements resulting from negotiations have been reduced to a

written contract and are ready for ratification by the City Council after having been ratified by
the members of Thornton Firefighters Local No. 2376, International Association of
Firefighters; and
WHEREAS, the costs associated with the proposed Collective Bargaining Agreement
are within the Finance Director's revenue projections for the City.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

THORNTON, COLORADO, AS FOLLOWS:
1. The City Council hereby ratifies and approves the attached Collective
Bargaining Agreement between the City of Thornton and the Thornton
Firefighters Local No. 2376, International Association of Firefighters, effective
January 1, 2011, and continuing to January 1, 2012.
2. The City Manager is hereby directed to execute the Collective Bargaining

Agreement with the City Clerk attesting the City Manager's signature.
Erik Hansen, Mayor

ATTEST:

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
CITY OF THORNTON
AND
THORNTON FIREFIGHTERS
LOCAL 2376 OF THE
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF FIREFIGHTERS
EFFECTIVE DATES:
JANUARY 1, 2011 TO JANUARY 1, 2012

11. COMPENSATION AND OVERTIME 13-16
Base Wage 13
Working Out of Classification 13
Overtime 13
Holdover Pay 13-14
Payment for Schools/Seminars 14
Tuition Reimbursement 14
Deferred Compensation Contributions 14
12. ON DUTY INJURY 14-16
13. UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT 16
14. LONGEVITY PAY 16-17
15. DISPUTE RESOLUTION/GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 17-20
Filing 17
Definition 17-18
Procedure 18-19
Miscellaneous Provisions 19-20
16. INSURANCE 20-23
Failure of Carrier(s) 20
Health, Dental and Vision Insurance 21
Life Insurance 21
Disability Insurance 21
IRS Section 125 Plan 21
State-wide Death and Disability 22
Post Employment Health Plan 22-23
Line of Duty Death 23
17. LAYOFF AND RECALL 23-26
Layoff 23-24
Reemployment Eligibility Lists 24
Recall 25-26
18. EMPLOYEE/EMPLOYER
RELATIONS COMMITTEE 26-27
19. EXCHANGE OF TIME 27
20. RATIFICATION 27
APPENDIX A - JANUARY 1, 2011 PAY SCHEDULE 30-31

PREAMBLE
This Agreement between the City of Thornton, hereinafter referred to as "the City," and
Local 2376 of the International Association of Firefighters, hereinafter referred to as "the
Union," is designed to promote and improve labor relations between the City and the
Union and to protect the health, safety, and welfare of employees and the public by
assuring the orderly and uninterrupted operations and services of the City at all times.
This Agreement was negotiated in good faith and shall not be violated or abridged in any
way by either party. This Agreement is subject to the provisions on collective bargaining
contained in the City of Thornton Charter, Chapter XVIII.
S:IE.S\Agteementa\Flre\Fire Union 1Cl1 O\Fire Agreement cO\ler04Q610 doc

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
1.1 The following terms, wherever used in this Agreement, shall apply only to this
Agreement; and, shall have the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated, or
unless the context otherwise requires:
1.1.1 Employment Date - For purposes of this Agreement shall mean the original date
on which a person became an employee of the City of Thornton Fire Department,
or an employee of the North Metro Fire Rescue Authority.
1.1.2 Probationary Firefighter or Employee - An employee, who for the one year
period immediately following the employment date, is expected to prove his/her
complete fitness for the position; and, during which time may be discharged with
or without cause.
1.1.3 Promotion - The change in the status of an employee to a higher pay

classification and rank. Said promotion requires a one year period, during which
the employee is expected to prove his/her fitness for the new position; and,
during which time the employee may be returned to his/her previous pay
classification or rank with or without cause and at the sole discretion of the City
Manager.
1.1.4 Seniority - The employee's length of continuous service with the City of Thornton
Fire Department, and/or the North Metro Fire Rescue Authority commencing with
the employment date and excluding time spent for leaves of absence, as
governed by Article 10, Section 10.1 of this Agreement and/or disciplinary
suspensions of 15 calendar days or more.
ARTICLE 2 - BARGAINING UNIT
2.1 AUTHORIZATION: The City recognizes the Union as the exclusive collective
bargaining representative for all employees in the bargaining unit described below for
the purpose of collective bargaining in respect to rates of pay, wages, fringe benefits,
grievance procedures, and other terms and conditions of employment, except pension
and the public and management rights contained in Article 5 of this Agreement.
2.2 BARGAINING UNIT: The bargaining unit consists of and is limited to all non-
probationary firefighters as defined in Section 18.2(a) of the City Charter. The words
"employee" and "employees" as used in this Agreement refer only to such employees of
the City as at the time in question fall within the bargaining unit above described.
2.3 DISCRIMINATION: The City and the Union agree not to discriminate against any
employee covered by this Agreement on account of Union or City activity, or
membership or non-membership in the Union. The provisions of this Agreement shall
apply equally to all covered employees, without regard to sex, marital status, race, color,
creed, national origin, age, religion, disability, or political affiliations. The City shall not
discriminate against any employee because the employee has formed, joined, or chosen
to be represented by the Union.
1
The Union shall not discriminate on the basis of sex, marital status, race, color, creed,
national origin, age, religion, disability, or political affiliation. The Union shall not
discriminate against any employee because the employee has elected not to join or not
to remain a member of the Union.
2.4 DUES DEDUCTION AND AGENCY SHOP
2.4.1 No firefighter shall be required to become a member of the Union as a condition

of his/her employment or continued employment by the City, and there shall be
no discrimination against any firefighter on account of his/her membership or
non-membership in the Union.
2.4.2 The City agrees to deduct from the second paycheck of the month, all Union
membership dues and fees uniformly required, in an amount certified to be
current and accurate by the Treasurer of the recognized local Union.
2.4.2.1 All bargaining unit employees must individually request and authorize, in
writing, that such deductions be made and that such deductions be paid
over to the Treasurer of the Union. This written authorization shall
remain in force and effect and may be revoked only by written notice
being given to the City and the Union on a form which has been
approved by both parties.
2.4.2.2 The written certification of the amount of the dues and fees to be
deducted shall be received from the Treasurer of the Union; and, shall
remain in force and effect and may be revoked only by written notice
given to the City during the period 30 days immediately prior to
expiration of the contract year.
2.4.2.3 The Union agrees to pay $34.32 per month to cover the City's monthly
collection and transfer of any/all membership dues and servicing fees
from the City's bank account to the bank account specified by the
Union's recognized Treasurer.
2.4.3 Each employee and the Union hereby authorize the City to rely upon and to
honor certification by the Treasurer of the local Union, regarding the amounts to
be deducted and the legality of the adopting action specifying such amounts of
Union dues.
2.4.4 It is recognized that the Union, as the exclusive bargaining representative of all
non-probationary full time paid firefighters, as defined in Section 2.2 of this
Article, owes the same duties to all such firefighters whether Union members or
not, and provides benefits and services to all firefighters whether Union members
or not. Therefore, any person who is employed by the City in a position covered
within the bargaining unit set forth in Section 2.2 of this Article, who is not a
member of the Union and who does not make application for membership within
30 days from the effective date of this Agreement, shall, as a condition of
employment, pay to the Union each month, a service fee, in the amount certified
by the Treasurer of the Union, as a contribution toward the administration of this
Agreement.
2
The service fee shall be no more than that portion of Union dues which is used
for the purposes germane to bargaining, administration of the Agreement, or
other items authorized by applicable law and shall not exceed the Union dues
assessed uniformly against all Union members. Such service fee shall thereafter
be paid monthly for the duration of this Agreement.
Employees who fail to comply with this requirement shall be discharged by the
City. Within 30 days after receipt of written notice to the City from the Union that
this requirement has not been complied with, termination proceedings shall be
initiated by the City. Any such request made by the Union shall not be effective
unless it shall provide that the Union shall release the City from fulfilling the
obligation to discharge if, during the 30 day period following notice to the City
from the Union, the employee pays the membership dues or service fee
retroactive to the due date and confirms his/her intention to pay the required
membership dues or service fee in accordance with this Agreement.
2.4.5 The Union shall have no right or interest whatsoever in any money authorized
withheld until such money is actually paid over to them, such payment to be
made within 10 calendar days after deduction. The City or any of the officers and
employees of the City, shall not be liable for any delay in carrying out such
deductions, and upon forwarding a check in payment of such deductions by mail
to the Union's last known address, the City and its officers and employees shall
be released from all liability to the employees or to the Union under the
assignments of wages set forth in Section 2.4 of this Article.
The Union agrees that, in the event of litigation against the City, its agents or
employees arising out of this provision, it shall co-defend and indemnify and hold
harmless the City, its agents or employees from any monetary award arising out
of such litigation, including any costs or attorney's fees related thereto.
2.4.6 EXCEPTION: Section 2.4.4 of this Article shall not apply to any employee who
qualifies for exemption on the basis of the following condition:
2.4.6.1 Agency services fees or dues payments shall not be required of any
employee where such payment would be contrary to a belief, policy,
philosophy or a doctrine of a recognized religious sect, congregation or
group, of which that employee is a member, provided that it shall be the
responsibility of the member seeking exemption from this provision to
establish the bonafides of such belief, and the existence of said sect,
congregation or group for a recognized religious purpose.
ARTICLE 3 - AGREEMENT
3.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The City and the Union are not bound by any past practices of
the City or of the Union, or understandings with any labor organization, unless such past
practices or understandings are specifically stated in this Agreement.
3.2 SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT: The Union and the City agree that this Agreement is
intended to cover all matters affecting wages, rates of pay, fringe benefits, grievance
3
procedure, working conditions and all other terms and conditions of employment and
similar or related subjects, and that during the term of this Agreement, neither the City
nor the Union shall be required to negotiate on any further matters affecting these or any
other SUbjects whether or not specifically set forth in this Agreement.
3.3 A proposed Rule, Regulation, SOG or policy is not in conflict with the terms of this
Agreement merely because it affects working conditions, wages, hours, fringe benefits or
terms of employment, if the issue is not expressly covered herein. Nothing in this
Agreement is intended to affect any legal right the City and/or the Fire Chief may have to
implement a change in a Rule, Regulation, SOG or policy, without Union approval, even
to the extent the change is in conflict with this Agreement, if the change is necessary as
a result of a present or impending emergency which would jeopardize the City's ability to
provide its services to the citizens of the City, or which would jeopardize the health,
safety, or welfare of the citizens of the City.
3.4 Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be inoperative, void, or invalid by a
court of competent jurisdiction, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect for the duration of this Agreement.
3.5 TERM OF AGREEMENT: This Agreement shall become effective January 1, aGOO~_01j,
and all of its provisions shall remain effective until 12:01 a.m., January 1, ~2012,
except as specified in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of this Article.
The parties to this Agreement mutually desire that all of its provisions shall be and
remain effective from January 1, 2GW~Qjj until 12:01 a.m., January 1, ~-+~Q..l~.
However, because of the fiscal impact of the Tabor and Gallagher Amendments to the
Colorado Constitution and because of the uncertainties associated with the adoption of
the City of Thornton's budget, which must be done on an annual basis, and the
appropriations connected therewith, the parties agree that the contract may be
reopened, by the City, for negotiations on salary in Appendix .(;)6 on the timetable for
negotiations as specified in the Charter, and such negotiations will be subject to the
provisions of the Charter.
3.6 VOLUNTARY TERMINATIONS: Either party desiring to terminate this Agreement on

January 1, 2.Q.-1t£Q12, or at the expiration of any succeeding one-year period thereafter,
may give notice of such termination in writing to the other party not later than the third
Monday in February, or prior to the expiration of succeeding one-year period, as the
case may be, and upon the giving of such notice this Agreement shall terminate on
January 1, ~4lQJ~" or at the expiration of such succeeding one-year period, as the
case may be.
3.7 COPIES OF AGREEMENT: The City shall provide to the Union, for each member of the
bargaining unit, a copy of this Agreement on standard 8 '/'2" x 11" size paper. Such
copies, plus an original copy, of this Agreement shall be delivered to the Union 30 days
prior to the effective date of the Agreement.
3.8 WAGE/BENEFIT SURVEY: No later than February 15 of the year in which the parties
negotiate renewal of this working Agreement, one employee, represented by this
Agreement and designated by the Union President, and one member of the
management of the City designated by the City Manager, shall jointly collect wage and
fringe benefit data from the cities or districts to be used in a survey. This survey shall
4
identify base wages, fringe benefit costs, and fringe benefit levels of the jurisdictions
surveyed.
ARTICLE 4 - STRIKES
4.1 An employee's right to strike is governed by the provisions of Chapter XVIII of the City
Charter.
ARTICLE 5 - MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1 It is mutually agreed that the City shall have the sole right to manage the affairs of the
Fire Department as provided by law, including, but not limited to, the right to change the
level or nature of services provided by the City to the extent authorized by law.
5.2 Except where limited by express provisions of this Agreement nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to restrict, limit, or impair the rights, powers and authority of the City
as granted to it under the Charter, City ordinances, the Constitution and any applicable
laws of the State of Colorado. These rights, powers and authority include but are not
limited to the following:
5.2.1 The determination of the Fire Department's policy, including the right to manage
the affairs of the Fire Department in all respects;
5.2.2 The right to assign working hours, including overtime;
5.2.3 The right to establish, modify, or change work schedules, the staffing of
apparatus, and the amount of apparatus in the main or reserve fleet;
5.2.4 The right to direct the employees of the Fire Department, and the right to hire,
promote, transfer, or layoff any Fire Department employee;
5.2.5 The right to maintain the discipline and efficiency of the employees, the right to
discipline the employees of the Fire Department, and the right to discharge for
cause any employee of the bargaining unit;
5.2.6 The table of organization of the Fire Department, the right to organize or
reorganize the Fire Department in any manner it chooses, including
determination of the size of the Fire Department and determination of job
classification and ranks based upon duties assigned;
5.2.7 The determination of the safety, health and property protection measures of the
Fire Department;
5.2.8 The allocation and assignment of work to all employees within the Fire
Department;
5.2.9 The determination of policies affecting the selection and training of employees;
5
5.2.10 The scheduling of operations and the determination of the number and duration
of hours of assigned duty per week;
5.2.11 The establishment, discontinuance, modification and enforcement of Fire

Department Rules, Regulations, SOG's, policies, and orders;
5.2.12 The transfer of work from one position to another within the Fire Department;
5.2.13 The introduction of new, improved, or different methods and techniques of

operation of the Fire Department or changes in existing methods and techniques;
5.2.14 The placing of service, maintenance or other work with outside contractors or
other agencies of the City;
5.2.15 The determination of the number of ranks and the number of employees within
each rank;
5.2.16 The determination of the amount of supervision necessary;
5.2.17 To determine necessary or appropriate actions in any emergency;
5.2.18 To determine whether to layoff employees because of lack of work, lack of

funds, or for other legitimate reasons;
5.2.19 To determine and implement the methods, equipment, facilities and other means
and personnel by which Fire Department operations are to be conducted, and to
take the steps it deems necessary to maintain the efficiency and safety of said
operations and of the personnel engaged therein; and
5.2.20 To determine the Fire Department budget, organization, and the merits,
necessity and level of any activity or services provided.
This statement of management rights, powers, duties and authority is not exclusive of
other functions not herein contained, provided, however, that the exercise of these
functions shall not be in conflict with the express terms of this Agreement.
5.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the City from establishing, from time to time and
at any time, such minimum standards for employees as are deemed necessary,
including but not limited to annual testing of physical health, fitness, agility and other
qualifications to the extent authorized by law.
ARTICLE 6 - WAIVER AND NOTICE
6.1 Failure of the City to enforce, or insist upon the performance of any term, condition, or
provision of this Agreement in anyone or more instances, shall not be deemed a waiver
of such term, condition or provision. No term, condition or provision of this Agreement
shall be deemed waived by the City unless such waiver is reduced to writing and signed
by an agent of the City who has actual authority to give such waiver. If such waiver is
6
given, it shall apply only to the specific case for which the waiver is given and shall not
be construed as a general or absolute waiver of a term, condition or provision, which is
the subject matter of the waiver.
6.2 Where any provision of this Agreement requires that any notice or information be given
by the Union to the City and/or the Fire Chief within a specified time, such requirements
shall not be met unless the officials of the City specified herein, who have actual
authority to receive such notice or information, actually receives the notice or information
in person or it is received in person by a representative of their office, within the time
limits specified in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7 - DISCIPLINE AND DISCHARGE
7.1 All matters concerning discipline and discharge of any firefighter are governed solely by
applicable provisions of the Charter and ordinances of the City. This reference shall not
be construed as thereby incorporating any provision of the Charter or ordinance into this
Agreement.
ARTICLE 8 - WORK WEEK
8.1 During the term of this Agreement, firefighters currently working 24 hour shifts shall
continue to work a 24 hour shift, an average of 56 hours per week. The present shift
periods and schedules sha!1 remain unchanged unless the Fire Chief first consults with
the Union before any changes are made. The foregoing sentences of this Article do not
and shall not be taken to imply or infer that the City considers matters of work scheduling
to be negotiable under the negotiation procedures of the City Charter.
ARTICLE 9 - HOLIDAY TIME
9.1 Every 24 hour shift employee shall be paid 96 hours at the regular hourly rate on an
annual basis as Holiday pay, due and payable in a lump sum by November 16 for each
year. This provision is intended to eliminate any other form of compensation for
holidays. Employees who terminate employment during the year shall be paid a pro rata
amount based on the number of months worked.
9.2 Any employee assigned to a 40 hour/week work schedule shall receive the day off, with
pay, on the 11 holidays designated in the City Personnel Code. The employee shall
observe the holiday time off schedule for administrative personnel and shall not be paid
any additional compensation as defined in Section 9.1 of this Article for the affected
holidays.
7
ARTICLE 10- LEAVES
10.1 LEAVE OF ABSENCE
10.1.1 Personal leaves of absence without pay shall normally be applied for at least 30
days in advance of the requested date unless in the event of an emergency. Any
such leave shall be granted only in the sale discretion of the City Manager, for a
period not to exceed one year, and in accordance with any separate agreement
covering such leave without pay. Applications for such leave shall state the date
the proposed absence is to commence, the length of absence, the date of return,
and the reason for the request. If the employee does not or cannot return to
work upon the expiration of any such leave, at the sale discretion of the City
Manager, the employee shall be deemed to have resigned.
10.1.2 Such leave may be granted only after an employee submits a written request
setting forth the reasons for the proposed absence and when the employee's
record indicates that it would be desirable to retain the services of the employee
for the future.
10.1.3 Such leave may be granted for educational, or health reasons, or for any other
reason deemed sufficient by the City Manager.
10.1.4 There shall be no accrual of vacation time or sick time while on leave of absence
without pay. When an employee returns from a leave of absence without pay,
the employee shall have the same salary and benefits provided to other
employees in the rank to which he/she is returning. However, any such leave of
absence shall not be considered in computing an employee's seniority or in
determining the employee's rights to any other fringe benefits. During any such
period of leave of absence, the City shall make no contribution to any fringe
benefit to which the employee is entitled; provided, however, that an employee
on leave of absence may, during such leave, continue to participate in health,
dental, and/or life insurance program in which such employee was participating
prior to such leave of absence. Should an employee elect to continue such
participation, the employee shall be required to deposit with the City, on or before
the last day of each month, the full amount of any benefit premium for coverage
for the following month under such program. If premiums are not paid by the end
of the month in which they become due, it is understood and agreed that the
insurance, for which premium payment(s) have not been received, shall be
canceled by the City.
10.1.5 An employee granted a leave of absence shall, no later than the date agreed
upon by the City and the employee, confirm to the City Manager the employee's
intention to return to employment with the City upon the expiration of the leave of
absence. Upon the employee's return, the employee shall be reinstated to the
position vacated by leave of absence, or to any other vacant position within the
same classification. Any employee's failure to return to work on the next working
day following the expiration of the leave of absence may, at the sole discretion of
the City Manager, be considered a resignation.
8
10.1.6 An employee who wishes to return following a leave of absence may be required,
at the discretion of the City Manager, to successfully complete a testing process,
including a medical examination, as required for current employees in the Fire
Department's physical fitness program.
10.1.7 Any leave of absence authorized for any employee shall be in writing and a copy
shall be placed in the employee's personnel file.
10.2 VACATION LEAVE: All employees covered by this Agreement shall be eligible for a
vacation with pay after 12 months' service with the City. Employees shall start to earn
vacation leave as of their anniversary date.
Employees working a 24 hour shift, shall accrue vacation leave as follows:
Years of Service Hours/Month Hours/Year

During the 1st yr. 6 72
Beginning the 2 nd yr. 12 144
Beginning the 5th yr. 18 216
Beginning the 20 th yr. 26 312
Employees working a 40 hour week, shall accrue vacation leave as follows:
Years of Service Hours/Month Hours/Year

Ollrinn thp.
-~""CJ
1 st J
••• _ .
vr" 4 48
Beginning the 2 nd yr. 8 96
Beginning the 1oth yr. 13.33 160
Beginning the 15th yr. 14.66 176
Beginning the 20 th yr. 17.33 208
10.2.1 The accrued vacation hours of an employee transferring from a 40 hour week to
a 24 hour shift shall be determined by dividing the vacation hours by 16 and then
mUltiplying by 24.
10.2.2 The accrued vacation hours of an employee transferring from a 24 hour shift to a
40 hour week shall be determined by dividing the vacation hours by 24 and then
multiplying by 16.
10.2.3 When an employee is assigned to a 40 hour/week schedule and an official

holiday falls within the employee's scheduled vacation leave, such holiday shall
not be charged to the employee's vacation leave.
10.2.4 Any employee who terminates employment with the City for any reason shall be
compensated for all unused vacation time accumulated, at the regular hourly rate
at the time of separation.
10.2.5 All 24 hour shift employees shall be allowed to carryover a maximum of 240
hours (160 hours for 40 hour/week employees) of vacation leave annually.
9
Vacation leave carried over shall not exceed 240 hours for 24 hour shift
employees (160 hours for 40 hour/week employees). All non-probationary
employees must use at least one-half of the vacation hours earned during the
year they are earned.
10.2.6 All vacations shall be scheduled at the discretion of the Fire Chief. Any carryover
exceeding the maximum shall be subject to the approval of the City Manager.
The initial scheduling of vacation for a given year shall be uniformly applied and
completed by December 31 of the preceding year. After the initial scheduling,
any further requests for vacations shall receive a response from the Fire Chief or
his/her designee, within 14 calendar days.
10.3 SICK LEAVE: It is agreed that sick leave shall be provided in accordance with the
following provisions to afford all employees covered by this Agreement a measure of
economic protection against work time loss due to absence for injury or illness and to
insure continuity of income for limited periods.
10.3.1 Each 24 hour shift employee shall accrue 12 hours (8 hours for 40 hour/week)
sick leave for each month of service. Sick leave used shall be charged hour for
hour to an employee's sick leave balance on a last in, first out basis.
10.3.2 Each such employee shall accumulate sick leave from their anniversary date.
10.3.3 The accrued sick leave hours of an employee transferring from a 40 hour week to
a 24 hour shift shall be determined by dividing the sick leave hours by 16 and
then multiplying by 24.
10.3.4 The accrued sick leave hours of an employee transferring from a 24 hour shift to
a 40 hour week shall be determined by dividing the sick leave hours by 24 and
then mUltiplying by 16.
10.3.5 An employee may use accrued sick leave when, due to physical or mental
disability he/she is unable to work, or when it is necessary for him/her to attend to
a member of his/her immediate family as defined under the Family Medical
Leave Act, who is seriously and/or sUddenly ill, or where the employee requires
medical treatment not available during his/her non-duty hours.
10.3.6 Unless prevented from doing so by an emergency situation, employees shall

notify their immediate supervisor of their impending absence for any reason as
far in advance of the start of their normal work shift as possible to enable the
supervisor to make arrangements for necessary coverage due to such absence.
Such notification shall be no later than one-half hour before the start of the
scheduled shift to be worked.
10.3.7 SICK LEAVE REIMBURSEMENT
10.3.7.1 All employees with sick leave hours accrued prior to January 1, 1994,
and unused at the time of termination, shall be reimbursed for these
hours as follows: An employee working a 24 hour shift, 56 hour work
week [40 hour week] who accumulates in excess of 576 hours [384
10
hours] sick leave time shall be eligible for reimbursement of one-half of
sick leave hours in excess of 576 hours [384 hours] at the current rate
of pay. However, the employee will not be reimbursed for over 2,100
hours [1,400 hours] above the 576 hours [384 hours]. Payment will be
made upon normal retirement, disability retirement, or voluntary
resignation from the department.
10.3.7.2 All employees with sick leave hours accrued after December 31, 1993,
and unused at the time of termination, shall be reimbursed for one-half
of all hours accrued at the current rate of pay upon termination of
employment from the City for any reason. This payment shall be made
in addition to any payment that is required under Section 10.3.7.1 of this
Article.
10.3.7.3 Effective January 1, 2002, each employee shall continue to accrue sick
leave, except that no sick leave accrued after January 1, 2002 shall be
considered as compensable upon retirement or termination. The
amount of compensable sick leave pay as described in 10.3.7.1 and
10.3.7.2 above shall be calculated by applying sick leave used against
the most recent sick leave hours accrued. Any remaining compensable
sick leave hours shall be paid in accordance with 10.3.7.1 and 10.3.7.2
above.
10.3.8 SICK LEAVE DONATION: Employees may participate in the City of Thornton
"Leave Donation Program" in accordance with the Administrative Directives for
such program.
10.4 MATERNITY/PATERNITY/ADOPTIONIWELL BABY CARE LEAVE: Leaves for the

birth or placement of a child may be taken in accordance with the Family and Medical
Leave Act. However, a firefighter may, at his/her discretion, utilize any leaves which are
available to him/her, but may use up to 80 hours of sick leave (40 hour/week) or 120
hours of sick leave (56 hour/week), or may take leave without pay under the Family and
Medical Leave Act for such event.
10.5 BEREAVEMENT LEAVE: The Fire Chief or his/her designee may grant up to 3 shifts
for shift employees (5 working days for 40 hour/week employees), of paid emergency
leave to any employee when a death has occurred in such employee's or employee's
spouse's immediate family. Immediate family shall mean: spouse, children, mother,
father, sister, brother, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law,
grandparents, grandparents-in-Iaw, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, stepparents,
stepchildren, and grandchildren. Requests for extended bereavement leave shall be
given due consideration.
10.6 MILITARY LEAVE
10.6.1 ANNUAL MILITARY LEAVE: Pursuant to the provIsions of C.R.S. '73,

Subsection 28-3-601 et seq., any employee of the City who is a member of the
National Guard or any other component of the military forces of the State
organized or constituted under State or Federal law or who is a member of the
Reserve Forces of the United States, organized or constituted under Federal law,
shall be entitled to annual military leave with pay in an amount not exceeding 15
11
days in any calendar year. For the purposes of this Section, such annual military
leave shall be considered to be with pay if the City pays the employee the
difference between the employee's regular salary and any compensation paid to
the employee by the appropriate military unit. Annual military leave shall not be
allowed unless the employee returns to employment with the City immediately on
being released from such military service, or unless the employee is prevented
from so returning by physical or mental disability for other cause not due to the
employee's own fault, or unless the employee is required by proper authority to
continue in such military service beyond said 15 day period.
10.6.2 EXTENDED MILITARY LEAVE: If any employee who is a member of any unit
referred to in Section 10.5.1 of this Article is required by proper authority to
continue such military service beyond the time for which leave with pay is
allowed under Section 10.5.1 of this Article, such employee shall be entitled to
leave of absence without pay in accordance with the provisions of the C. R.S. '73,
Subsection 28-3-602 as it may from time to time be amended, Employees
granted extended military leave shall be entitled to credit for the time spent on
such leave as provided for by State law.
10.6.3 EMERGENCY MILITARY LEAVE: Employees of the Fire Department shall be

entitled to emergency military leave in accordance with the provisions of C.R.S.
73, Subsection 28-3-603, as it may from time to time be amended.
10,7 JURY LEAVE
10.7.1 Any employee who is required to serve as a juror in a Federal, State, County or
Municipal Court shall be granted jury leave with pay to serve in such capacity.
10.7.2 An employee who is called for jury duty shall present to the employee's
supervisor the original summons from the court, and at the conclusion of such
duty, a signed statement from the clerk of court or other evidence showing the
actual time of attendance at court.
10.7.3 For the purposes of this Section, such jury leave shall be considered to be with
pay if the City pays the employee the difference between the employee's regular
salary and any jury fees paid to the employee, exclusive of meals and travel
expenses.
10.8 ELECTION LEAVE: All employees shall receive a maximum of two hours election leave
with pay to vote in each Municipal, Special District, County, State or Federal election,
provided, however, that in order to receive such paid election leave an employee shall
notify his/her supervisor at least five days in advance of the date the employee intends
to take election leave, and the employee demonstrates that he/she is unable to vote
before or after the work shift for that day. Such leave shall be scheduled at the
discretion of the supervisor.
10.9 UNION BUSINESS: Employees elected to Union office may be granted, at the
discretion of the Fire Chief, reasonable time to perform their Union functions, providing
this time off does not interfere with Fire Department operations as determined by the
Fire Chief. Whenever possible, Union business shall be conducted during non-working
hours of Union officials and employees involved.
12
ARTICLE 11 - COMPENSATION AND OVERTIME
11.1 BASE WAGE
11.1.1 Effective January 1, 2:GG92011, the base wage for employees covered by this
Agreement shall be in accordance with the salary schedule attached as Appendix
A.
·-.····-----1-:l..~-;·2···_€ffeGHve···---Jar_tuafy·-·-·1- . i·-----2G-1·Q.;··-tRe---9ase-·w-a§e·-~fGf--eR-1f}leyee&'--"GGVefed··--ey-_·tl::tls
Agreement &f:lal.J-4:J&1+l-3cGordance vvith the salary sGhedule-attaGheEl-a£··ApPB~
11.2 WORKING OUT OF CLASSIFICATION: Any person covered by this Agreement shall
be eligible to work out of class if the employee meets the requirements determined by
the Fire Chief.
11.2.1 The overall intent of the Article is to provide out of class possibilities in an
equitable fashion, provided it does not result in additional overtime, for members
who desire such experience and are qualified to perform in the out of class
position. It is understood that station movements, transfers, etc., shall occur and
that they are necessary to provide department approved staffing levels.
11.2.2 Any employee who is assigned and works at a higher classification shall be
compensated for any hours worked out of class at the higher wage rate, unless
otherwise provided for in Appendix A and Appe~. Any employee assigned
to work out of class in any non-bargaining unit position in a higher rank shall be
paid in accordance with the provisions of the City Code.
11.3 OVERTIME: Overtime at a rate of one and one-half times the regular hourly rate shall
be paid pursuant to the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) and based
upon a 27 day work cycle. The method of determining the base hourly rate for purposes
of overtime computation is shown in Appendix A and Appef1.G+x--8.
11.3.1 ROUTINE OVERTIME: Applies to employees called back to work after the
expiration of their normal shift and prior to the onset of their next regularly
scheduled shift. Employees selected for routine overtime shall be from a
documented rotating overtime list of those off duty personnel provided that
minimum staffing requirements can be met. Overtime is to be paid in 15 minute
increments. A minimum of two hours overtime shall be compensated. If no
employee accepts the overtime request, emergency call back procedures may be
implemented.
11.3.2 EMERGENCY CALL BACK: If, in the sole opinion of the Fire Chief or his/her
designee, it is necessary to call employees back to work during the employee's
normal time off, it is understood and agreed that such recalled employees shall
report to duty. A minimum of two hours overtime shall be compensated.
11.4 HOLDOVER PAY: All employees covered by this Agreement who are held over at their
work (beyond the time of normal shift change) at the specific direction of their supervisor
13
shall be paid at the rate of one and one-half times their regular hourly rate for the time
actually worked. Overtime shall be paid in 15 minute increments.
11.5 PAYMENT FOR SCHOOLS/SEMINARS
11.5.1 It is a condition of employment that employees attend training schools, seminars,

and other job-related course or field work from time to time.
The Fire Chief shall determine the nature and minimum amount of any such
required training. Any employee required to attend training, schools, seminars or
meetings during off duty hours shall be compensated at the rate of one and one-
half times the regular hourly rate in effect at that time. The number of hours
compensated for attendance during off duty hours shall be reduced by the
number of hours the employee is excused from regularly scheduled duty for such
attendance.
11.5.2 The Fire Chief shall have complete discretion with regard to personal requests
for voluntary rnedical and/or other training. Compensation for said training and
employee time off, if any, to complete that training or to attend requested
seminars and/or meetings shall be by authorization only.
11.6 TUITION REIMBURSEMENT: The parties to this Agreement recognize the need for job
related education and training and encourage employees to engage in such training to
the fullest extent possible without adversely affecting the employee's on-the-job
performance.
11.6.1 Any employee shall be eligible for education assistance for job-related credit
courses, SUbject to funding as approved by the City Council, for which the
employee obtained prior approval of the Fire Chief. Where such prior approval
has been given, the City shall reimburse employees attending job-related
courses by paying the cost of tuition, books and fees upon the employee's
achievement of a grade C or better in each course and upon the employee's
submission of valid receipts for expenses incurred. Should the employee
through voluntary resignation, leave the City's employment within 12 months of
having completed a course(s) for which the employee was reimbursed, such
reimbursement shall be refunded to the City by the employee.
11.7 DEFERRED COMPENSATION CONTRIBUTIONS: Commencing January 1, 2009, the

City shall match one-half (1/2) of a non-probationary employee's voluntary pre-taxed
contributions to the Deferred Compensation (457) Plan offered by the City, up to a
maximum of two percent (2%) of the employee's base salary.
ARTICLE 12 - ON DUTY INJURY
12.1 ON DUTY INJURY: In order to be eligible for payment under this Section, the employee
must report his/her injury to the immediate supervisor or shift supervisor no later than the
end of the shift on which the injury occurred or the employee reasonably should have
known that there was an injury, whichever is later, and comply with the provisions of this
Article. In the event an on-the-job injury claim is denied by Workers' Compensation, the
14
provisions of Article 10, Section 10.3 would apply. In the event that the decision to deny
the Workers' Compensation claim is later overturned after the appeal process has been
exhausted by the employee and the City, the employee's sick leave balance shall be
credited for sick hours used by the employee for this claim. Even after the employee
has exhausted all of his/her paid leaves, while he/she continues to draw Workers'
Compensation benefits in connection with this on-the-job injury and continues to be an
employee with the City, the City shall continue to maintain the employee's benefits
provided in Article 16 of this Agreement.
12.2 Any employee who must leave his/her duty station as a direct result of an injury on the
job and who is determined, by a physician designated by the City, to be unable to return
to duty to complete his/her shift shall be paid for the remaining hours of his/her shift at
the regular hourly rate of pay.
12.2.1 The employee must obtain the authorization of his/her supervisor for outside
medical treatment at a medical facility approved by the City, or as otherwise
dictated by medical protocol.
12.2.2 If the employee is unable to work during the shift on which the accident occurred,
he/she must present medical certification of this fact satisfactory to the City.
12.2.3 Employees injured on the job and unable to work shall be placed on injury leave
with pay commencing on the date when disability was determined. The
determination of the inability for an employee to work shall be made by a
physician designated by the City. Such leave shall not constitute a charge
against an employee's accumulated sick leave.
The authorization to return to work shall be made by a physician designated by

the City, but in any event, this injury leave is not to exceed 1460 hours for 24
hour shift employees (1040 hours for 40 hour/week employees) from the date of
disability. The date of disability is the first date on which the employee misses
any duty hours due to the injury.
For the purpose of this Section, injury leave shall be considered to be with pay if
the City pays the employee the difference between the employee's current base
salary and any Workers' Compensation benefits received by the City on behalf of
the employee, exclusive of any medical payments and disability injury awards.
In the event that an employee's disability extends beyond 1460/1040 hours, the
employee may utilize any of his/her available paid leaves such as sick leave or
vacation to supplement his/her Workers' Compensation benefits in order to
maintain 100% of his/her regular weekly rate from the combination of Workers'
Compensation benefits and the use of such leave, and the City shall continue to
provide insurance coverage. An employee may utilize up to 1460 hours for 24
hour shift employees (1040 hours for 40 hour/week employees) of paid injury
leave for those hours that the employee is unable to work full duty or light duty if
available, as determined by a doctor designated by the City for the period of time
commencing with the date of disability up to the date maximum medical
improvement is determined by the City's doctor or 180 days from the date of
disability, whichever comes first.
15
12.2.4 Unless otherwise limited by law, the Fire Chief, at his/her sole discretion, may
require the injured employee to make application to the Pension Committee
and/or the State Fire and Police Pension Association for disability benefits any
time after the 180 days from the date of disability, or if the employee has reached
maximum medical improvement, as determined by the City's doctor and the
employee is unable to return to full duty.
ARTICLE 13 - UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT
13.1 Upon employment, the City shall provide the initial issue of uniforms as designated by
the Fire Chief to each employee. All protective clothing or protective devices required of
employees in the judgement of the Fire Chief, in the performance of their duties, shall be
furnished without cost to the employees by the City.
13.2 The City shall replace, as needed, and shall provide facilities or programs to maintain,
repair and clean uniforms issued by the City.
13.3 All uniforms, protective clothing and protective devices damaged in the line of duty, shall
be replaced by the City without cost to the employee, when necessary in the judgement
of the Fire Chief.
13.4 All uniform, clothing, protective gear and devices damaged or lost through neglect or
employee carelessness shall be replaced at the expense of the employee.
ARTICLE 14 - LONGEVITY PAY
-effe·GlW-E}·.JaAtJafY 1, 2009, al~-effif3·IB-yees shall GontifH::ts-te-FeBeWe-~§f&~a-y-#1ey

were eligible to--FeGei-\l~-.Qecember 31, 2008 in ·aG€fition to their base wage
~~·tJ:::te-.f:g.jl9Wffi{r-s·Gr:teGttJ.e.;
After Years of Service Percent of B§§Q E!Q:;f.
-··-···--···-·--·..----------+-l-·-·~--- . --·------------.--.._._.. . _-_._._.-
16
4.5%
14.'~1 Effective January 1, 2010, longevity pay shall be eliminated, except that all those
employees receiving annual longevity pay of $2,000 or more in 2009 shall continue to
receive annual longevity pay of $1,000.
14.J~ Longevity pay shall be included in the employee's regular paycheck.
ARTICLE 15 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION/GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
15.1 FILING: Any non-probationary employee may file and process grievances in strict
conformity with the procedure and provisions of this Article.
15.1.1 Any aggrieved employee may seek the assistance of the Union in the preparation
and presentation of a grievance. However, any employee may seek redress or
adjustment of grievances or complaints by discussion within the chain of
command and without the necessity of consulting with the Union or involving a
Union representative in such discussion; provided, however, that any resolution
is not inconsistent with this Agreement. A copy of all grievances shall be filed
with the Union. Such grievances, to be filed simultaneously with the Union and
the City, must be submitted on the appropriate grievance form. At any step short
of arbitration, the employee may request to be assisted by a Union
representative.
15.1.2 Wherever the word "days" is used in this Article and it is not otherwise specified,
that word shall mean calendar days.
15.1.3 Any non-probationary employee may file a grievance following the steps outlined
in this Article. The procedures under this Article shall be the exclusive method of
resolving disputes arising under this Agreement.
15.2 DEFINITION: A grievance, as defined in this Agreement, is:
15.2.1 A claim by an employee arising during the term of this Agreement, to the effect
that an express provision of this Agreement, or of the Departmental Rules and
Regulations and Standard Operating Guidelines, has been improperly interpreted
or applied except that grievances involving Department Rules and Regulations
and Standard Operating Guidelines shall conclude at the step prior to arbitration.
15.2.2 A claim that the employee has been discriminated against on the basis of race,
creed, religion, disability, military veterans, sex, marital status, national origin or
age, in each instance as prohibited by applicable State or Federal law provided,
however, that such a grievance shall be processed up to the arbitration step
unless settled at an earlier step of this grievance procedure, provided that the
matter need not be arbitrated unless the grievant executes a waiver of any right
to sue the City or to pursue any claim covered by said grievance in any
administrative or legal forum, such waiver to be in a form agreeable to the City.
17
15.2.3 Any grievance must be in writing on the grievance form developed by the City
and the Union and must contain each of the following items:
• The matter complained of;
• The date on which the matter complained of occurred;
• The sections or provisions of the Collective Bargaining Agreement allegedly

misapplied or misinterpreted;
• The disposition sought by the aggrieved employee;
• The signature of the employee who claims to be aggrieved by the matter

being complained of and to whom any remedy shall apply;
• The date of the grievance.
15.3 PROCEDURE: The grievance procedure shall be as follows:
15.3.1 The grievance must be presented to the Fire Chief or his/her designee in written
form, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 15.2 of this Article,
within 14 calendar days of the date on which the incident or event giving rise to
the grievance occurred. After the grievance is presented to the Fire Chief or
his/her designee, the Union shall have 14 calendar days within which to file the
statement of the Union's position on the grievance. The Fire Chief or his/her
designee shall give his/her written answer to the grievance within 14 calendar
days of the date on which he/she received the statement of the Union's position.
15.3.2 If the employee is not satisfied with the answer provided by the Fire Chief, the
employee may request a meeting with the Human Resources Director or his/her
designee to hear such grievance, provided that the request is made in writing,
signed by the employee, co-signed by the President of the Union. and presented
to the Human Resources Director within seven calendar days of the date of the
Fire Chief's answer and the previous step of the procedure. The Human
Resources Director or designee shall answer the grievance in writing within
seven calendar days of the date on which the meeting was held.
15.3.3 If the employee is not satisfied with the answer of the Human Resources
Director, he/she may request a meeting with the City Manager or his/her
designee, provided that such request is presented to the City Manager within
seven calendar days of the date of the written answer provided by the Human
Resources Director or designee. The City Manager or designee shall answer the
grievance in writing within seven calendar days of the date on which the meeting
was held.
15.3.4 If the employee is not satisfied with the answer provided by the City Manager or
designee, the Union may request arbitration of the dispute within 14 calendar
days of the day the City Manager or designee rendered his/her decision.
Waivers as referred to in Section 15.2.2 of this Article shall be executed at this
time.
18
15.3.5 Promptly after receiving demand for arbitration, the parties shall attempt to agree
upon an impartial arbitrator to hear the dispute. If the parties are unable to agree
upon an arbitrator within 14 calendar days, they shall request that an arbitrator
be appointed by the American Arbitration Association under the normal
procedures in effect for the selection of arbitrators. The arbitrator's
recommendation or decision shall be based solely upon the terms of this
Agreement and the arbitrator shall be without power or authority to make any
recommendation or decision contrary to, or inconsistent with, increasing or
decreasing any term, enlarging or diminishing any benefit or power, or modifying
or varying in any way the terms of this Agreement. The arbitrator shall establish
procedural rules, conduct necessary hearings and issue his/her written findings
to the City, the employee, and the Union within 30 days of the termination of such
hearings. The arbitrator's award shall be binding on all parties, and the
provisions of this Article shall be construed under, and consistent with, the
provisions of the Colorado Uniform Arbitration Act of 1975, unless deemed
invalid by future Colorado State law.
15.3.6 Costs for the services of the arbitrator, including per diem expenses, actual and
necessary travel, and subsistence expenses shall be shared equally by the
parties.
15.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
15.4.1 No reprisals shall be taken against any participant in any grievance procedure
because of such participation.
15.4.2 Any grievant may, upon request, be represented at any level of this grievance
procedure by a representative of the Union, or by counsel, with the approval of
the Union, but no employee may be represented by any representative of any
employee organization other than the Union.
15.4.3 All claims for back wages shall be limited to the amount of wages that the
employee otherwise would have earned less any compensation received for
temporary employment obtained subsequent to removal from the City payroll and
less unemployment compensation benefits.
15.5 The following stipulations shall govern all aspects of grievance processing under this
Agreement:
15.5.1 The processing of any written grievance filed under this Agreement shall be,
whenever reasonably possible, during the non-working time of the aggrieved
employee and the Union representative involved, if any,
15,5,2 The time limits set forth for the processing of grievances shall be strictly adhered
to. In the event that a grievance is not appealed to the next step of the grievance
procedure in writing pursuant to the requirements of this Article, and in
accordance with the time limitations specified, such grievance shall be declared
closed and settled on the basis of the most recent decision of the Fire Chief or
Human Resources Director or City Manager (or their designees) as applicable.
Extensions may be requested by either party; however, any extensions of time
19
must be in writing. In the event that a grievance response is not provided by the
Fire Chief or Human Resources Director or City Manager (or their designees) as
applicable, within the time allowed, the grievance may be processed at the next
step as if denied on the final day available for answer.
15.6 Any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the following matters
shall not be proper subject for the grievance arbitration procedure provided in this
Article:
15.6.1 Any matter not involving an express term or provision of this Agreement except
that charges asserting violation of State and Federal Equal Employment
Opportunity laws may be arbitrated where a waiver of any right to sue has been
executed by an aggrieved party in a form agreeable to the City;
15.6.2 Any matter which arose outside of the period during which this Agreement is
effective;
15.6.3 Any grievance which is not filed in accordance with the provisions of this Article
or does not meet the definition of a grievance as set forth in this Article;
15.6.4 Any matter reserved solely as a Right of Management, or to the discretion of the
City Manager or Fire Chief or designees by the terms of this Agreement;
15.6.5 Any matter which would require a change from the wages, rates of pay, fringe
benefits, grievance procedure, and all other terms and conditions of employment
as set forth in this Agreement;
15.6.6 Any matter governed by the Charter of the City of Thornton, the policies and the
Rules and Regulations of the Fire Department not inconsistent with the express
terms of this Agreement, City Charter or ordinances, Statutes, or Constitutional
provisions.
15.7 It is specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall be enforceable in a
Court of competent jurisdiction, in the same manner as any other contract; provided,
however, that no action for alleged breach of contract may be instituted until the
procedure outlined in this Article has been completed.
ARTICLE 16 .. INSURANCE
16.1 FAILURE OF CARRIER(S): The failure of any insurance carrier to provide any of the
benefits for which the carrier has contracted, for any reason, shall not result in any
liability to the City or the Union; nor, shall such failure be considered a breach by either
the City or the Union of any obligation under this Agreement. Eligibility, coverage, and
benefits under any insurance plan are SUbject to the terms and conditions, including any
waiting period or other time limits contained in the contracts between the City and the
carrier( s).
20
16.2 HEALTH, DENTAL AND VISION INSURANCE
16.2.1 For the term of this Agreement, the City will provide the same health, dental and
vision insurance coverage for members of the bargaining unit as the City
provides for Career Service employees.
16.2.2 The health insurance coverage, to the extent the insurance carrier will provide
the coverage, shall be made available to employees and their dependents if the
employee has retired and meets one or more of the following conditions:
16.2.2.1 The employee has completed at least 20 years of service;
16.2.2.2 The employee has completed at least 10 years of service, and is

at least 55 years of age;
16.2.2.3 The employee qualifies for disability retirement.
In order for the former employee to continue this coverage, the employee must
reimburse the City for the full cost of such coverage in accordance with the same
procedures as outlined in Article 10, Section 10.1.4.
16.3 LIFE INSURANCE: The City shall provide and pay the full premium for term life
insurance in the amount of one year's base salary for each employee, in addition to
accidental death and dismemberment insurance for employees covered by this
Agreement pursuant to the specific terms of the coverage.
16.4 DISABILITY INSURANCE: The City shall provide short term disability coverage for off-
the-job injury. This coverage shall provide 50% of salary for a period no longer than the
duration of the leave for said injury, but in no event to exceed 180 days from the first day
of absence, such coverage to commence after utilization of accumulated sick leave; and,
in no event, before 30 consecutive calendar days of absence. The plan shall be
determined by the City. This Agreement shall have no impact on coverages provided
under State law.
16.4.1 CONFIRMATION OF DISABILITY: Upon request, an employee may be required

by the Fire Chief to undergo an examination by a City designated physician for
purposes of determining if the employee has incurred a disability which renders
the employee temporarily unable to perform the duties of his/her position or other
light duty assignment(s) that may be appropriate and available, as determined by
the Fire Chief.
16.4.2 Employees who refuse a medically authorized assignment may be subject to a

reduction in, or loss of some benefits and compensation, and/or disciplinary
action.
16.5 IRS SECTION 125 PLAN: The City shall provide a program for its employees, pursuant
to the IRS Regulations, whereby employees' contributions for health and dental
insurance premiums, as well as child care expenses and unreimbursed medical
expenses, may be made from pre-tax dollars.
21
16.6 STATE-WIDE DEATH AND DISABILITY
16.6.1 For all firefighters hired on or after January 1, 1997 and before January 1, 2009,
who are eligible for the death and disability coverage provided under Section 31-31-811,
C.R.S., the City shall make the contribution required by statute to the death and disability
fund for the period of this Agreement through December 31, ~~~tl.
16.6.2 For all firefighters hired on or after January 1, 2009, who are eligible for the death
and disability coverage provided under Section 31-31-811, C.R.S., the City shall make
one-half (1/2) of the contribution required by statute to the death and disability fund for
the period of this Agreement through December 31, ~:?.Qj.:1.
16.7 POST EMPLOYMENT HEALTH PLAN: The City agrees to participate in the Post
Employment Health Plan (PEHP) for Collectively Bargained Public Employees (Plan) in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan's Participation Agreement. The
parties hereto designate Nationwide Retirement Solutions to act as Plan Administrator
for the Plan, or its successors appointed in accordance with the Plan and Trust
documents. The Employer agrees to contribute to the Plan on behalf of all members of
the bargaining unit who have completed their probationary period and who are employed
on the last day of the quarter for which the payment is being made (hereinafter Eligible
Employee).
16.7.1 For the year 2009, the City shall contribute- tho amount of $48,640 to the~
Said contribution shall be made on a quarterly basis and the City shall transmit
$+2,1-9G-w+tAiA-three vveeks foUewing the first payroll in April, Ju+y,G-GteGef, 2009
and January, 2010, This amount shall be divided equally among each Eligib}e
e.-fA·pto·yee·;-···-=r.he Em p101'0 r' 6 eq uaI dollar......eefl:tfH::tHtieR-p-er"~.fifJ·ibte·~r:ttf*e-yee-6fta{.~
be-d~teEJ into the Eligible Employee's Universal HealtR-Gare ReimooFwffteflt
6~GCOunt pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
::r·he-·G~t-y-·..J;hall pro¥kie VJith the contributions a dGta,oo&-Ge~t-ieH-""'fef)eH

~fJ' tho Eligible Employees GH,--w·f:+9Se--b~f-the contribution is being
matie-:-
Th-e.. . lJ-nfe.A.-f1.frFElOS that the soie responsibility Of.~ty-iH·'-GeAAeGtioo-w4~

G0Htf·if)Htk}R--+&--t:e~~B-tf.i€-",ftH1GS-aft4-r-e-peftte~the.·-Piafh,"~-::r-h.e-...yRiGfl~·ree&4e
save-the City harmless from any and ali actions arising Gut of this contribution
and the operation of the ·Plaft-··wRe#:teF-..g·l:JGh" . .··aBtiB-n..-+&-·GommeftGeg.· by any
~ightor oF~nyon~§aiR~-~~~~d-the-~HiGH~h~-ful~aAd-~~ploto!y
reif:Rburse the City for any and all costs, attorney's fees 0f-EJ.a.I:::A.ages asso~
wm:t--aftY-SU ch a ot i0fh-
16.7.~1 For the year ~2i)~:L1. the City shall contribute the amount of $51,560 to
the Plan. Said contribution shall be made on a quarterly basis and the City shall
transmit $12,890 within three weeks following the first payroll in April, July,
October, and January, This amount shall be divided
equally among each Eligible Employee. The Employer's equal dollar contribution
per Eligible Employee shall be deposited into the Eligible Employee's Universal
Health Care Reimbursement sub-account pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the Plan.
22
The City shall provide with the contributions a detailed contribution report
identifying the Eligible Employees on whose behalf the contribution is being
made.
The Union agrees that the sale responsibility of the City in connection with this
contribution is to forward the funds and report to the Plan. The Union agrees to
save the City harmless from any and all actions arising out of this contribution
and the operation of the Plan whether such action is commenced by any
firefighter or anyone against the City, and the Union shall fully and completely
reimburse the City for any and all costs, attorney's fees or damages associated
with any such action.
16.8 LINE OF DUTY DEATH
16.8.1 In the event a firefighter is killed in the line of duty or dies from injuries sustained
in the line of duty, the City shall pay the cost of reasonable funeral expenses up
to a maximum of $10,000, which amount shall be offset by any other payments
for funeral expenses made by insurance or by any other agency or organization
or person(s) (other than relatives of the firefighter). This payment shall be made
to the firefighter's estate.
16.8.2 In the event a firefighter is killed or has been killed in the line of duty, the City
shall pay the full cost of health insurance and dental insurance for a surviving
spouse and children of the firefighter, sUbject to the following conditions:
16.8.2.1 The payments for a surviving spouse will end two (2) years after the
firefighter's death or upon remarriage, whichever occurs first.
16.8.2.2 The payment for a child will end two years after the firefighter's death
or upon the child reaching age 18, whichever occurs first.
ARTICLE 17 - LAYOFF AND RECALL
17.1 LAYOFF
17.1.1 When it becomes necessary to reduce the number of employees covered by this
Agreement, because of lack of funds, lack of work, reorganization, or causes
other than disciplinary actions, the City shall determine the number and
classification of positions to be abolished or vacated by layoff.
17.1.2 Layoff of employees in each classification shall be based on seniority as defined

in Section 1.1.4, provided, however, that affected employees entitled to Veteran's
Preference Points under provisions of Article XII, Section 15, Subsection (3) (A)
of the State of Colorado Constitution shall receive credit for military service in
accordance with said provisions.
17.1.3 Employees shall have the right to a demotion to any position for which the
employee is qualified in a lesser classification occupied by a less senior
employee.
23
17.1.4 In the event a laid off employee waives his/her right to a demotion as outlined in
Section 17.1.3 of this Article, that employee shall be eligible to have his/her name
placed on the reemployment eligibility list for the position from which he was laid
off at such time as such reemployment eligibility list is established.
17.1.5 In the case of employees with the same employment date, the determination of
persons to be laid off shall be by random lottery. The lottery shall be drawn in
the presence of two Management representatives and two Union
representatives, and the persons who may be affected.
17.1.6 Employees on layoff status shall not be entitled to accrue any compensation or
fringe benefits, except, however, that employees laid off from the City may retain
whatever accident, health, and/or life insurance program(s) they had at the time
of layoff, at the employee's own expense, for a maximum period of 18 months.
17.1.6.1 The retention of the insurance benefits referred to in Section

17.1.6 of this Article shall be subject to the laid off employee
paying one month of the applicable insurance premiums in
advance. If premiums are not paid by the end of the month in
which they become due it is understood and agreed that the
insurances, for which premiums payment(s) have not been
received, shall be canceled by the City.
17.1.6.2 Upon layoff, the employee shall have the option to be paid for
unused vacation or he/she can elect that the unused vacation
continue until he/she is recalled with the City. At any given period
of time during layoff status the employee can request payment for
all unused vacation at the pay rate in effect at which time he/she
was laid off.
17.1.6.3 Upon layoff, the employee shall have the option to be paid for
unused sick leave or he/she can elect that the unused sick leave
continue until he/she is recalled with the City. At any given period
of time during layoff status the employee can request payment for
all unused sick leave at the pay rate in effect at which time he/she
was laid off in accordance with the provisions of Article 10,
Section 10.3.7.
17.1.7 No new employees who would be subject to this Agreement shall be hired in a
classification for which a reemployment eligibility list has been established until
all employees on layoff status desiring to return to work have been recalled.
17.2 REEMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY LISTS: Employees covered by this Agreement laid off
pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall be placed on a reemployment eligibility list
based on seniority, including length of military service as required by Article XII, Section
15, of the Colorado Constitution. Such reemployment eligibility list shall remain in effect
until all vacancies occurring in the classifications for which such reemployment eligibility
lists have been established have been filled.
24
17.3 RECALL: Whenever a vacancy shall occur within any classification for which a
reemployment eligibility list has been established, the position shall be offered first to
those employees on the reemployment eligibility list for such classification in the order of
their placement on the list which placement shall be in the order of seniority.
17.3.1 Notice of opportunity to return to work shall be sufficient for the purposes of this
Section if given to the laid off employee via certified mail - return receipt
requested, to the last address of record.
17.3.2 Employees who are notified of an opportunity to return to work shall

immediately be removed from the reemployment eligibility list, except as
otherwise provided for in this Article.
17.3.3 Employees on the reemployment eligibility lists shall have the responsibility of
reporting all changes of address while on layoff status, to the office of the Fire
Chief, to assure that the last address of record is correct.
17.3.4 Upon receipt of the notice of opportunity to return to work the laid off employee
shall have seven calendar days to submit written notice of acceptance or
refusal of such opportunity. Failure to respond within seven calendar days
shall be considered as a refusal of such offer. The employee accepting the
recall offer shall be obligated to return to work no later than the eighth calendar
day after receipt.
17.3.5 If an employee who has been laid off is engaged in other employment at the
time he/she receives notification of opportunity to return to work, he/she shall
have an additional 14 calendar days to notify his/her employer of his/her intent
to return to the City. By the 19th calendar day after his/her receipt of the notice
of recall he/she shall be obligated to have returned to work or be considered to
have forfeited his/her employment with the City.
17.3.6 If contact is not made within seven calendar days between the laid off
employee and the City, in seeking to notify the employee by certified mail the
City shall contact the next senior employee on the reemployment eligibility list
to fill the available open position. The employee thus bypassed shall become
the senior employee next eligible for recall. If subsequently recalled and the
employee does not respond within seven calendar days he/she shall be
considered to have forfeited his/her employment with the City.
17.3.7 In the event a laid off employee, at the time of receiving a recall notice is
employed in an area outside a 70 mile radius of the City and is unable to return
to work within the time period designated in Section 17.3.4 of this Article, such
employee shall upon reasonable proof of such difficulty be bypassed and the
City shall contact the next senior employee to fill the available position. An
employee may so decline recall only once. If employee is SUbsequently
notified of recall and does not report to work within the time period designated
in Section 17.3.4 of this Article he/she shall be considered to have forfeited
l
his/her employment with the City.
17.3.8 Should all laid off employees decline their opportunity for recall as outlined in
the foregoing Sections, the City shall again proceed through the recall list, in
25
reverse order, to fill the recall needs. These employees shall be required to
return to work or be considered to have forfeited their employment with the
City. This process shall continue back through the recall list until all recall
needs are met. The provisions of Section 17.3.6 of this Article shall apply to
this process.
17.3.9 An employee who is reinstated shall receive credit for full seniority in service
time for the time on layoff and shall retain all sick leave and vacation benefits
accrued but unused at the time of layoff, if he/she has not been compensated
for such leave as provided for in Sections 17.1.6.2 and 17.1.6.3 of this Article.
17.3.10 An employee recalled from layoff shall receive the prevailing rate of pay for the
position to which he/she was recalled.
17.3.11 The City shall give the employee working in a lesser classification from that
position from which he/she was first laid off written notice hand delivered and
signed for of the opportunity to return to his/her original classification. Such
employee shall have four calendar days from the time of receipt of such notice
to submit notice of acceptance or refusal to accept reinstatement to his/her
former grade or be considered to have waived any further consideration to
such reinstatement unless otherwise agreed to between the City, the
bargaining unit and the employee.
1703.12 Laid off employees who are not to continue employment with the City in a
lesser classification shall be required, at the discretion of the Fire Chief, to
successfully complete a testing process, including medical examination, as
required for current employees in the City's physical fitness program as a
condition of returning to work.
17.3.13 If an employee is not recalled within three years from the date of the original
layoff, his/her recall eligibility shall be terminated.
ARTICLE 18 - EMPLOYEE/EMPLOYER RELATIONS COMMITTEE
18.1 Recognizing the importance of participation in free information flow, an information group
shall be formed to facilitate input into the decision making process. The purpose of
these meetings shall be to discuss problems and objectives of mutual concern not
involving grievances.
18.1.1 This group shall be composed of at least two representatives of Fire Department
Management and at least two representatives of the Union.
18.1.2 The Fire Chief may meet with the group as he/she deems necessary.
18.1.3 This group shall meet quarterly, or more frequently as the group deems
appropriate.
18.1.4 This group shall collect information, solicit input, and make recommendations to
the Fire Chief regarding:
26
18.1.4.1 Safety applications
18.1.4.2 Research and Development applications
18.1.4.3 Policies and procedures applications
ARTICLE 19 - EXCHANGE OF TIME
19.1 Employees shall be allowed to exchange work shifts with other employees in
accordance with procedures established by the Fire Chief.
ARTICLE 20 - RATIFICATION
20.1 This Agreement has been ratified by the members of Local 2376 of the International
Association of Firefighters, and the City Council of the City of Thornton.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement as
of the date hereof by their respective representatives dUly authorized to do so this
___ day of _
CITY OF THORNTON LOCAL #2376, I.A.F.F.
By: ~ By: _
City Manager President
ATTEST: ATTEST:
By: _ By: _
City Clerk Secretary
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: _
City Labor Attorney
By: _
City Attorney
27
JAN UARY 1, 2009
P-AY-·S-G-RE.Q.Y.b!E.
~hter III ·---..-.-.-.. -.----·---47,:~6r23d__------ 3,969
61,569 5,131
---~ee--p.e.r- year ~·g.2Q-AfS (208Q.-hfs-for 40 heur!;,veel,) per-yeaF

BaSe--A-Gw}yfate.. .- . w --=----·-Ann ual base pay-..p~U&-a-AftHaf.-jBfl.geYf~y-e·wiGeG_By 2920 (2080)
f:t·ffi
HOOfS vlorked per year-------.. ~·--_· . -~·g.2G_hr8 (2080 11m for 40 hourfweek)-p.er-yeaF
t3ase.. .f.!BlMty-Fate----..--=-·-··-·---·--AFtfH*a~ . ·efH:;e·f.}a-~ ..By-..292G..{2OSO}--Af-s
b--·----AftBr a Firefighter has ~He-yeaF ef-seFV4Ge;-OO/.sRe-·.gfi.al+-9&-f-e€ftHfe€l·..:te-:take-aR

eXamiRaYe-A-·;fe,~otion to the Firefighter H~-leveL After a Firefighter has ~
two years of service, he/-sRe-sRatl-~ee to take an exaffifftatffiA.-:fe-r-promotion {e
t:f!e.·..~i.fBf1gffief-t!-~·--·Anef--a~teH§-~&-Geffi~-th:r€te . year~-Qf-se.A4oo,-he/&t~
&hall be required to take-an..e-x·afrlffi.a~f9fA-e-tj.ef+-te-F-ifeff§.htef-+-+evB·k
J-.---~~{)-yee&--R-et·-A0J.GH::fgtho rank ()f.f.!afa~a Paramodic GortificatiOfl-··wFHBA-+s

accepted and approve-EH::ty~f-aM-MeGk;at-QiffiBtGr-&J::lall r esult in a five percent
(5 % j in cent+ve-paY-a-6tustm e nt to th e base 8ata·f..y·-fer--tl:te-.f-.~r IVill!, lI~aoo-1-f:aftk
GfHy..-ex-G€i3t-that--wft€ft-·fhe··Pf~v{siGftS~aFa~h 4 ee~Gw ·af6··appHcabl·&;·..-tf:te.-efRflffiyee
ffiaH-fH)t-·ee plaid the incentive, but Sfl.aU...fooefV8 the higheF--mte..-s:p·eGifJ.e-d-irt--fI3fa~
28
4·;---···-·--·_·AA.y-F-4f~~+-{)f-H,,-woo,,4s-ass·~ed·..te-wefk-··ffi.-a-·fH§-hBf-i-aA·k-witfti·n tho bafgaiH-H:lg
unit shall be paid, in aggi~q. his or her regular pay, ton percont (1 Q%) of his/her base
salary for the time ho/she--a8ts-1A-.tfie-rugher rank, and the provisions of Article-1-1.2.2 on
Out of Class pay shall not apply-:
5-;----Any employee holdinfr·tf:l.e-r-aAK-··eHdafam.eGic viho is assigned to act ooring a givon shift

a&·.tAe~,er:·aH-y~lq.yee-~g-t-hB.,"raHk:··ef··!i2·A§'ift@ef·~ 3ssig AeG-tG-aGt
during a given shift as the Paramedic shall be paid for the time he/she acts as
~f1§4rte-eff.P-afaH1eG-+B-ata base fate wi:tffih···i-&-si-x···pefGern··{@!?4rj··-a.eG-Ve-{he bass ftaJL·.ef-a.R
~~-Aee-r-,aH4-tReiJfovisions of Il\lrtJ.G.le-+-to-·;:£.,,~·-oo-Gut-ofG lass pay shall oot apply.
B;·-·.,··········Wfteneve r--a-b+e-uteHa-nt·+s--a&8-~e··-Gesi13Hat-eEi--P-afafRe4G-eft.a 9 ivOn-···&Rftl;

-h-e/ffie-shal! be paid, in ad4ffie.R-to his/her regular pay, six porGeffi--{-e~4f-I=tfsA4er base
'~HAe time RefBfte-aGtS-a&4Re-d-eSt§HateG-P-aramed ie.
7. ,AiRY employee who is assigned by the Fire Chief o~':j regular 40 hGHf
position shall be paid -at: a base rate of five peH~-effi+~-ab0vo tho omple-y-e&-6 regular
ease- rate. 1=hi& pFe-V4S+GA--G9e&-fl.ot ~ Ppi Yte-a-A-em~}g.yee-woo-i&-tempeffirHy-a&St9fl-e4-t-e
a-4G-1:lour per 'Nook scR-e-Gulo. Temporary assignment rrtay4Rclude an assignment to-a
4G-I:tGHf-~f-fe.&&·#ta-A-four (4) \lveeks in duration 0 r-af-W-+i~t~. .,assfg·n·mBRt--;
29
APPENDIXg8
JANUARY 1, 2Q4.G2011
PAY SCHEDULE
Annual Monthly
Base Pay Base Pay
Firefighter IV 47,681 3,973
Firefighter III 50,480 4,207
Firefighter II 54,796 4,566
Firefighter I 65,263 5,439
Firefighter/Engineer 71,709 5,976
Firefighter/Paramedic 73,074 6,090
Lieutenant 79,648 6,637
1. Base hourly rate is computed as follows for overtime purposes:
Hours worked per year = 2920 hrs (2080 hrs for 40 hour/week) per year
Base hourly rate = Annual base pay plus annual longevity pay divided
by 2920 (2080) hrs
Base hourly rate is computed as follows for all other purposes:
Hours worked per year = 2920 hrs (2080 hrs for 40 hour/week) per year
Base hourly rate = Annual base pay divided by 2920 (2080) hrs
2. After a Firefighter has completed one year of service, he/she shall be required to take an
examination for promotion to the Firefighter III level. After a Firefighter has completed
two years of service, he/she shall be required to take an examination for promotion to
the Firefighter II level. After a Firefighter has completed three years of service, he/she
shall be reqUired to take an examination for promotion to Firefighter I level.
3. For all employees not holding the rank of Paramedic, a Paramedic certification which is
accepted and approved by the Chief and Medical Director shall result in a five percent
(50/0) incentive pay adjustment to the base salary for the Firefighter IV, III, II and I rank
only except that when the provisions of paragraph 4 below are applicable, the employee
shall not be paid the incentive, but shall receive the higher rate specified in paragraph 4.
30
4. Any Firefighter IV, III or II who is assigned to work in a higher rank within the bargaining
unit shall be paid, in addition to his or her regular pay, ten percent (10%) of his/her base
salary for the time he/she acts in the higher rank, and the provisions of Article 11.2.2 on
Out of Class pay shall not apply.
5. Any employee holding the rank of Paramedic who is assigned to act during a given shift
as the Engineer or any employee holding the rank of Engineer who is assigned to act
during a given shift as the Paramedic shall be paid for the time he/she acts as
Engineer/Paramedic at a base rate which is six percent (6%) above the base pay of an
Engineer, and the provisions of Article 11.2.2 on Out of Class pay shall not apply.
6. Whenever a Lieutenant is assigned as the designated Paramedic on a given shift,

he/she shall be paid, in addition to his/her regular pay, six percent (6%) of his/her base
pay for the time he/she acts as the designated Paramedic.
7. Any employee who is assigned by the Fire Chief or designee to a regular 40 hour
position shall be paid at a base rate of five percent (5%) above the employee's regular
base rate. This provision does not apply to an employee who is temporarily assigned to
a 40 hour per week schedule. Temporary assignment may include an assignment to a
40 hour position of less than four (4) weeks in duration or any light duty assignment.
S.\ES\Agreements\l-ire\Fire Ur.ion 2010\Fire Agreeme:nt040510redlinecloc
31
1" Reading __
May 11, 2010 2"' Reading __ ~ Action Items lOB
Subject: A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE 2010-2011 WORK PLAN AND ACCEPTING THE
SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF COMPLETED/ONGOING BiNCHMARKS FROM THE 2009-2010
WORK PLAN. #
Prepared by: Robb Kolstad Approved by: Jack Ethred~h Ordinance previously introduced
Reviewed by: Joyce Hun~resented by: Jack Ethred;l/
by:
. City Manaoer
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
o City Council and staff developed the 2009-2010 Work Plan for the five high-priority goals identified
by City Council in February 2008 and reaffirmed in February 2009, including Urban Revitalization,
Economic Development and Job Creation, Green Thornton, FasTracks, and Thornton Cares.
o City Council and staff updated the 2009-2010 Work Plan in February 2010 to reflect new objectives,
actions, and benchmarks. In addition, the FasTracks goal was changed to Transit and
Transportation and two new goals of Employee and Community Recognition and Ongoing Services
were added to the Work Plan.
o Included with the 2010-2011 Work Plan is a list of Completed/Ongoing Benchmarks from the 2009-
2010 Work Plan representing items that have been completed or integrated into existing service
levels. Benchmarks identified as "ongoing" will continue to be reported to City Council periodically
through the Level of Service Report.
o The Work Plan:
>- serves as the guide to achieve the high-priority goals and identifies the various actions (interim
or final steps) that will be taken to move toward achieving the goals.
>- includes benchmarks by which to measure success and/or progress made toward achieving the
goals.
>- includes an estimated timeframe, by calendar quarter, when interim reports, policy decisions will
be brought back to City Council or when achievement of the action is completed.
>- reflects the high-priorities that City Council desires to achieve in addition to providing ongoing
services.
o The Work Plan is a living document and dynamic plan that may be revised as new challenges or
opportunities arise.
o City Council will periodically review the Work Plan and benchmarks to evaluate progress made
toward achieving the goals.
o The 2010 Budget provides for carrying out the high-priority goals and associated objectives. The
2011 Budget will consider these existing high-priority goals as part of the budget process.
RECOMMENDATION:
o Staff recommends approval of the resolution establishing the 2010-2011 Work Plan in order to
provide a written guide to achieving City Council Priorities identified at the City Council Advance.
RESOLUTION
A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE 2010-2011 WORK PLAN AND ACCEPTING THE

SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF COMPLETED/ONGOING BENCHMARKS FROM THE
2009-2010 WORK PLAN.
WHEREAS, City Council met in February 2008, 2009, and 2010 to identify the high
priorities and set the strategic direction for the City of Thornton; and
WHEREAS, City Council identified the following high priorities: Urban

Revitalization, Economic Development and Job Creation, Green Thornton, Transit and
Transportation, Thornton Cares, Employee and Community Recognition, and Ongoing
Services; and
WHEREAS, City Council and staff developed the 2010-2011 Work Plan to serve
as a guide to achieving the high-priority goals of City Council and to measure success in
achieving these goals; and
WHEREAS, the 2010-2011 Work Plan identified benchmarks over this tirne period
as to when certain actions are expected to occur in order to carry out the Work Plan; and
WHEREAS, the 2009-2010 Work Plan identified completed and ongoing

benchmarks that were removed from the current Work Plan but will continue to be
reported where appropriate; and
WHEREAS, as new challenges, changes in current conditions, future

expectations, and opportunities arise, the current Work Plan goals, objectives, actions,
and benchmarks may change in order to address new or revised priorities.

1. The 2010-2011 Work Plan is hereby approved as the guide to achieving the
high-priority goals of City Council which are in addition to the provision of
ongoing services.
2. The City Council will be provided regular updates on the progress toward
meeting the benchmarks identified in the Work Plan.
3. The Work Plan is intended to be a working document and as such may be

revised to reflect changed conditions, opportunities, and priorities.
4. The City Manager is authorized to take all steps necessary to carry out the
work, strategies, and tactics necessary to achieve the goals of the Work
Plan.
Thornton, Colorado, on .2010.
Erik Hansen, Mayor
ATIEST:
2
City of Thornton
2010‐2011 Work Plan ‐ Final Draft
NUM GOAL OBJECTIVE ACTION 2010‐2011 BENCHMARK DEPARTMENT 2010 2011

1.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 01. Create a South Thornton a. Draft a request for proposal (RFP) and hire consultants. City Development Q2
Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Revitalization Subarea Plan
2.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 01. Create a South Thornton b. Work with the Thornton Revitalization Advisory Board (TRAB) to City Development Q2
Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Revitalization Subarea Plan gather public input and review strategies.
3.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 01. Create a South Thornton c. Prepare draft plan. City Development Q4
4.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 01. Create a South Thornton d. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q1
5.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 02. Complete Master Plan Study for a. Review draft report with TRAB. There is a joint meeting scheduled Community Q2
Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Lambertson Lakes and Preserving with the Thornton Arts Sciences and Humanities Council (TASHCO) Services
Thornton and the Building Code Advisory Board (BCAB) on March 22, 2010 to
discuss the Eastlake elevator and history in general. This group will
likely prepare a comprehensive joint history plan that will be
completed in 2011.
6.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 02. Complete Master Plan Study for b. Review final Lambertson Lakes report with City Council. Community Q2

Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Lambertson Lakes and Preserving Services
Thornton
7.0 I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 02. Complete Master Plan Study for c. Final Report completed with final alternatives and costs. RFP to Community Q2
Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Lambertson Lakes and Preserving include design of entrance signs for historic area and historic trail in Services
Thornton Original Thornton/Lambertson Lakes area to connect with Cultural
Trail.
8.0
I. Urban A. Develop a strategy to redevelop and 03. Develop Implementation Plan a. FISCAL NOTE: Develop information for 2011 Budget. Community Q1
Revitalization revitalize South Thornton Services
9.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 01. Paint Thornton Parkway Bridge a. Obtain permits from the Colorado Department of Transportation Infrastructure Q2
Revitalization entryways into the City (CDOT) and complete painting.
10.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 02. 84th Avenue Bridge Replacement a. CDOT begins design. Infrastructure Q2
Revitalization entryways into the City and Architectural Features
11.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 02. 84th Avenue Bridge Replacement b. City enters into an intergovernmental agreement (IGA) with CDOT Infrastructure Q3

Revitalization entryways into the City and Architectural Features for enhancements that City will pay for ‐ 2010 budget includes Phase
1 construction (monument, stone base walls, light sculptures); 2011
landscaping design; 2012 landscaping construction.
12.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 03. Construct entrance sign at 104th a. Determine location alternatives for Thornton entrance sign and Infrastructure Q2

Revitalization entryways into the City Avenue/I‐25 Interchange pricing.
13.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 03. Construct entrance sign at 104th b. Present information to City Council for funding consideration. Infrastructure Q3
Revitalization entryways into the City Avenue/I‐25 Interchange
May 6, 2010 1 of 27
City of Thornton

14.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 04. Construct entrance sign at 128th a. Construction. Infrastructure Q3
Revitalization entryways into the City Avenue/I‐25 Overpass
15.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 05. Develop sign graphic standard for a. Develop sign concept as part of Lambertson Historic Area Study. Community Q2
Revitalization entryways into the City neighborhood entrance signs and Services
replace wooden entry way signs at
Eppinger, Hoffman Way, Russell, Poze,
and York
16.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 05. Develop sign graphic standard for b. Bring sign concept to City Council for approval, 2010 Budget Community Q2
Revitalization entryways into the City neighborhood entrance signs and includes $100K for original Thornton entrance sign construction. Services
replace wooden entry way signs at
Eppinger, Hoffman Way, Russell, Poze,
and York
17.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 06. Identify additional key entryways a. Present possible locations and costs for constructing entryway Infrastructure Q2
Revitalization entryways into the City and potential aesthetic improvements signs on arterial roadways to City Council.
(88th Avenue/I‐76, 120th
Avenue/Riverdale)
18.0 I. Urban C. Improve the aesthetics of key 06. Identify additional key entryways b. Develop projects for consideration in 2011 Budget. Infrastructure Q4
Revitalization entryways into the City and potential aesthetic improvements
(88th Avenue/I‐76, 120th
Avenue/Riverdale)
19.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 01. Complete process to list Farmers a. Receive notice from National Register. City Development Q2
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Coop Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State
Thornton Historic Register
20.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 01. Complete process to list Farmers b. Hire consultant to develop improvement plans and cost estimates Community Q2
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Coop Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State to stabilize or preserve the structure, investigate Scientific and Services
Thornton Historic Register Cultural Facilities District (SCFD) project funding to preserve the
structure.
21.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 01. Complete process to list Farmers c. Present final report to City Council. Community Q4
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Coop Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State Services
22.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 01. Complete process to list Farmers d. Construct improvements FISCAL NOTE: 2010 Budget includes $15K Community Q4
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Coop Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State to evaluate; 2011 Budget $205K for preservation. Services
23.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 02. Form Historic Landmark Commission a. Formal action by City Council on board composition. Community Q4
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Services
Thornton
24.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 03. Complete Local Historic Landmark a. Present draft to City Council. City Development Q2
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Ordinance
Thornton
May 6, 2010 2 of 27
City of Thornton

25.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 03. Complete Local Historic Landmark b. Work with appointed advisory board to develop and recommend a City Development Q2
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Ordinance draft ordinance to City Council.
Thornton
26.0 I. Urban B. Develop tools to identify, recognize, 03. Complete Local Historic Landmark c. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q2
Revitalization and celebrate historic assets in Ordinance
Thornton
27.0 I. Urban D. Continue development of a 01. Complete renovation of former a. Renovations are underway. Anticipate occupying and using facility Community Q4
Revitalization community theater church for community theater venue in late third quarter or early fourth quarter 2010. Services
and begin programming
28.0 I. Urban D. Continue development of a 01. Complete renovation of former b. Recommend names to City Council. Community Q3
Revitalization community theater church for community theater venue Services
29.0 I. Urban D. Continue development of a 01. Complete renovation of former c. Begin programming. Community Q4
Revitalization community theater church for community theater venue Services
30.0 I. Urban E. Continue neighborhood revitalization 01. Expand the Meet the Neighbors a. Develop a program to offer incentives to neighbors who register as City Development Q4
Revitalization efforts Program (goal to promote engaged a neighborhood group and host at least one event that builds
neighbors who work together to community and benefits everyone in the neighborhood. This
maintain and improve their program replaces the 2009 neighborhood grant program ‐
neighborhoods) neighborhood group registration serves as "grant" request.
31.0 I. Urban E. Continue neighborhood revitalization 02. Explore opportunities for minor a. Identify opportunities and funding sources for developing a new or City Development Q3

Revitalization efforts home repair options or programs for expanding a current program for low cost home repair. Monitor and
low‐income residents report back on the Livable Communities Initiative, determine what
the program is looking for.
32.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 01. Utilize urban renewal to eliminate a. Present possible areas for blight study to City Council. Business Q1
Revitalization commercial areas blight in commercial areas Development
33.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 01. Utilize urban renewal to eliminate b. Proceed with blight study process based on City Council selection. Business Q2

34.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 01. Utilize urban renewal to eliminate c. Report blight study findings. Business Q3

35.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 01. Utilize urban renewal to eliminate d. City Council considers creation of new or expansion of urban Business Q3

Revitalization commercial areas blight in commercial areas renewal area. Development
May 6, 2010 3 of 27
City of Thornton

36.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 01. Utilize urban renewal to eliminate e. Develop an urban revitalization plan for the designated area. Business Q1
37.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 02. Evaluate tools available (urban a. Present a report of investments during the first year of the Business Q4

Revitalization commercial areas renewal, BID, GID, etc.) to revitalize Business Beautification Improvement Grants (BBIG) program. The Development
commercial areas outside of the original report will review the value of allocated public funds, leveraged
TDA area private investment, and overall program effectiveness of the
program. Determine what was learned and how to improve the BBIG
program
38.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 03. 104th Redevelopment Project a. Inform Denver and regional brokers about market capability in Business Q1
Revitalization commercial areas Thornton via one‐to‐one meetings to foster interest in the Development
redevelopment site.
39.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 03. 104th Redevelopment Project b. Issue the RFP. Business Q2
Revitalization commercial areas Development
40.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 03. 104th Redevelopment Project c. Select a developer. Business Q3
41.0 I. Urban F. Revitalize and renew critical 03. 104th Redevelopment Project d. Enter into a redevelopment agreement. Business Q3
42.0 I. Urban G. Stabilize and reinvest in existing 01. West Russell Blvd. Redevelopment a. Sell the property to a developer, extend the agreement, or reissue Business Q3
Revitalization businesses Project (Shuman Project) the RFP. Development
43.0 I. Urban G. Stabilize and reinvest in existing 02. 102nd Avenue Project (former Wal‐ a. Redevelop former Wal‐Mart property at 102nd and Washington by Business Q3

Revitalization businesses Mart) securing a retail occupant. Development
46.0 I. Urban H. Reduce impact of noise on 01. Provide Information on Noise c. Present information on Noise Analysis Studies to City Council Infrastructure Q3
Revitalization neighborhoods adjacent to major Analysis Studies including potential options to reduce noise and the cost for
arterials infrastructure improvements.
May 6, 2010 4 of 27
City of Thornton

47.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to a. Conduct an analysis of businesses and business sectors that are Business Q2
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted poised for future growth and fit well in Thornton, including green Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout jobs.
the City
47.1 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to b. Conduct a labor pool analysis to identify the type of employees Business Q2
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted who live in Thornton and identify potential employers that match Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout with the Thornton labor pool.
the City
48.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to c. Meet with primary employers that are poised for growth or Business Q2
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted matched with the Thornton labor pool. Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout
the City
49.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to d. Identify what is needed to attract desired businesses and develop Business Q3
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted a strategy for addressing potential deficits (access to financing, Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout zoning regulations, missing infrastructure, incongruent labor pool).
the City Refer to number 57.0.
50.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to e. Show brokers project sites that are currently ready or soon to be Business Q3
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted ready for development. Utilize the development property inventory Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout database to facilitate redevelopment.
the City
50.1 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 01. Develop an aggressive plan to f. Schedule meetings between City Councilmembers and current or Business Q4
Development existing primary jobs attract, retain, and expand targeted potential employers to attract suppliers or partners of existing Development
and Job Creation employers and primary jobs throughout businesses.
the City
51.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 02. Pursue Public/Private partnerships a. Develop a model contract for public/private contracts for use in Infrastructure Q2
Development existing primary jobs to install conduit and fiber along arterial conduit/fiber sharing by April 2010.
and Job Creation streets for City and private use
52.0 II. Economic A. Recruit new primary jobs and expand 02. Pursue Public/Private partnerships b. Complete agreements for conduit/fiber as opportunities arise: Infrastructure Q4

Development existing primary jobs to install conduit and fiber along arterial Washington Street, 83rd to 103rd; 136th Avenue, Yosemite to
and Job Creation streets for City and private use Washington; Washington, 136th to 160th (Zayo, United Power, and
CDOT).
53.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 01. Investigate preference program for a. Review current policies with City Council. Management Q1
Development Thornton businesses (re: City contracts Services
and Job Creation for goods and services)
May 6, 2010 5 of 27
City of Thornton

54.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 01. Investigate preference program for b. Adopt and implement any revisions desired by City Council. Management Q2
Development Thornton businesses (re: City contracts Services
and Job Creation for goods and services)
55.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 02. Businesses of Thornton Advisory a. Present BTAC recommendations for improving the business climate Business Q4

Development Committee (BTAC) in Thornton (BTAC will be developing recommendations throughout Development
and Job Creation 2010).
56.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 03. Re‐engage with Adams County a. Participate in Adams County Education Consortium through the Business Q4

Development Education Consortium Backpacks to Briefcases program, 9 to 5 program, and any additional Development
and Job Creation programs developed in 2010. Report to City Council on the
participation and success of these programs.
57.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 04. Actively recruit educational a. Participate in Adams County Workforce Development programs to Business Q4

Development institutions to provide job training connect Thornton employees to jobs with Thornton businesses. Development
and Job Creation programs and presence within the City Report to City Council on how many job placements were the result
of the program as well as feedback from participating businesses.
Include those businesses who applied for and were in the process of
obtaining previous EDIP funding. Refer to number 49.0.
58.0 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 04. Actively recruit educational b. Provide small business consulting through Front Range Community Business Q4

Development institutions to provide job training College with a goal of two sessions per week. Report to City Council Development
and Job Creation programs and presence within the City on the results of the program ‐ how many people participated and
what was the impact to their business.
58.1 II. Economic B. Business retention and recruitment 05. Recruit educational institutions for a. Contact colleges and universities throughout Colorado to solicit Business Q4
Development potential satellite facilities interest in locating a satellite facility in Thornton. Report on who was Development
and Job Creation contacted and the potential for development.
59.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 01. Complete McKay Lake Drainage area a. Westminster is administering the contract. Infrastructure Q2

Development stimulate and leverage private improvements
and Job Creation investment in the North Washington
Subarea
60.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 03. Widen Washington Street from a. Perform final Design of 144th to 149th based on preferred Infrastructure Q4
Development stimulate and leverage private 144th to approximately 148th/150th alternative from the Corridor Widening Study.
S b
61.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 03. Widen Washington Street from b. Complete right of way (ROW) acquisition in nine months Infrastructure Q2
Development stimulate and leverage private 144th to approximately 148th/150th (commence Q4 2010 and complete Q2 2011).
Subarea
May 6, 2010 6 of 27
City of Thornton

62.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 03. Widen Washington Street from c. Begin construction in Q4 2011 with completion in Q2 2012. Infrastructure Q4
Development stimulate and leverage private 144th to approximately 148th/150th
Subarea
63.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 02. Complete Preliminary engineering a. Complete preliminary engineering design for entire Washington Infrastructure Q2
Development stimulate and leverage private design/master plan for north Street corridor.
and Job Creation investment in the North Washington Washington Street from 144th to 160th
Subarea
64.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 04. Complete Phase 1, Sack Creek flood a. Complete design. Infrastructure Q3
Development stimulate and leverage private mitigation improvements (Phase 1 goes
and Job Creation investment in the North Washington from 160th east to E470 detention pond
Subarea east of Washington/E470 bridge)
65.0 II. Economic C. Improve public infrastructure to 04. Complete Phase 1, Sack Creek flood b. Begin construction in November 2010 after the canal shuts down. Infrastructure Q4

Development stimulate and leverage private mitigation improvements (Phase 1 goes
and Job Creation investment in the North Washington from 160th east to E470 detention pond
Subarea east of Washington/E470 bridge)
66.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan a. Work with the Communications Department to rename the North Business Q2

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in Washington Subarea for marketing and identification. Development
and Job Creation northern Thornton
67.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan b. Provide report regarding progress made in developing a common Business Q2

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in vision for the area. Development
68.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan c. Investigate third party interest to assemble properties and work Business Q4

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in with the City. Development
69.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan d. Pursue annexation of properties and land use control to facilitate Business Q2

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in future development. Development
70.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan e. Develop business infrastructure needs/timing and types of Business Q3

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in businesses that can locate in the area. Development
May 6, 2010 7 of 27
City of Thornton

71.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan f. Develop a marketing plan for future business and property owners. Business Q4
Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in Development
72.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 01. Develop a strategy and tactical plan g. Develop implementation strategies (tool box and financing). Business Q4

Development Subarea Plan for the future employment center in Development
73.0 II. Economic D. Implement the North Washington 02. Continue efforts to attract a a. Meet with regional and national developers to create interest in Business Q4

Development Subarea Plan "regional draw" potential Thornton sites. Development
and Job Creation
May 6, 2010 8 of 27
City of Thornton

74.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market a. Implement and market the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Infrastructure Q2
Thornton Program new water efficiency programs WaterSense toilet rebate program for multifamily water customers.
75.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market b. Implement and Market EPA WaterSense limited time toilet Infrastructure Q3

Thornton Program new water efficiency programs giveaway program for residential customers.
76.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market c. Implement and market irrigation system residential rain sensor Infrastructure Q3
Thornton Program new water efficiency programs rebate program.
77.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market d. Implement and market weather‐based irrigation controller rebate Infrastructure Q3
Thornton Program new water efficiency programs program.
78.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market e. Implement and market EPA WaterSense commercial urinal rebate Infrastructure Q2

Thornton Program new water efficiency programs program.
79.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market f. Implement and market soil moisture‐based irrigation controllers. Infrastructure Q3
Thornton Program new water efficiency programs
80.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 01. Develop, implement and market g. Investigate soil amendment rebate program. Infrastructure Q4

Thornton Program new water efficiency programs
81.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 02. Provide new water efficiency a. Implement and market residential Indoor Water Assessment Infrastructure Q2
Thornton Program services Program.
82.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 03. Enhance community outreach and a. Survey property managers and home owner associations (HOAs) to Infrastructure Q1
Thornton Program education evaluate how best to promote conservation and education to this
sector of the community.
83.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 03. Enhance community outreach and b. Launch new "Save the Water" social marketing campaign. Infrastructure Q2
Thornton Program education
84.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 03. Enhance community outreach and c. Launch new "Water Conservation Ambassador" program. Infrastructure Q2
Thornton Program education
85.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 04. Promote water efficiency on City‐ a. Plan Fire Station 5 xeriscape renovation. Infrastructure Q3
Thornton Program owned properties
86.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 04. Promote water efficiency on City‐ b. Install Fire Station 5 xeriscape renovation. Infrastructure Q4
Thornton Program owned properties
87.0 III. Green A. Expand/enhance Water Conservation 04. Promote water efficiency on City‐ c. Perform needs assessment for water efficiency improvements on Infrastructure Q3
Thornton Program owned properties City‐owned properties.
88.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 01. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency a. Complete HVAC control upgrade on the second floor of City Hall. Management Q4
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City projects Services
facilities
89.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 01. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency b. Apply for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Management Q2
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City projects Certification. Services
facilities
May 6, 2010 9 of 27
City of Thornton

90.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 01. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency c. Receive LEED Certification. Management Q4
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City projects Services
facilities
91.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 02. Install energy efficient Pool Packs at a. Install third pool pack at Carpenter Recreation Center. Management Q4
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City Carpenter Recreation Center Services
facilities
92.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 03. Continue work with consortium of a. Public Utility Commission (PUC) ruling due end of April. Evaluate if Infrastructure Q2
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City communities to obtain a new rate consortium of communities should continue. Evaluate if with new
facilities structure from XCEL Energy which rate, city ownership of lights makes financial and green sense.
would establish a new rate class for
street lights and allow cities to own
them and utilize more energy and cost
efficient systems
93.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 03. Continue work with consortium of b. Implement pilot project which evaluates energy efficient lights at Infrastructure Ongoing
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City communities to obtain a new rate parking lots at City Hall, Carpenter Recreation Center, and 150th and
facilities structure from XCEL Energy which York.
efficient systems
94.0 III. Green B. Increase energy efficiency and 03. Continue work with consortium of c. Analyze results and see if appropriate to propose next phase for Infrastructure Q3
Thornton decrease energy consumption at City communities to obtain a new rate 2012 Budget.
facilities structure from XCEL Energy which
efficient systems
95.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 01. Place in service Hydraulic Launch a. Delivery of two additional HLA refuse trucks. Management Q3
Thornton Assist (HLA) refuse truck and fuel Services
efficient replacement vehicles
96.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 01. Place in service Hydraulic Launch b. Delivery of other fuel efficient vehicles (Ford Fusions instead of Management Q2

Thornton Assist (HLA) refuse truck and fuel Chevy Impalas for replacement Detective vehicles). Services
efficient replacement vehicles
97.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 02. Identify 2011 Fleet replacement a. Identify as part of the 2011 Budget process. Management Q3

Thornton green opportunities for 2011 budget Services
May 6, 2010 10 of 27
City of Thornton

98.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 02. Identify 2011 Fleet replacement b. Measure improvement in miles per gallon for fleet. Management Q3
Thornton green opportunities for 2011 budget Services
99.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 03. Evaluate fuel pay back (fuel/carbon a. Present evaluation to City Council. Management Q2

Thornton reduction) from green vehicles Services
100.0 III. Green C. Increase City fleet fuel efficiency 04. GPS program a. Evaluate implementing Phase 2 GPS system as part of 2011 Budget Management Q3

Thornton on non‐snow and ice response vehicles. Services
101.0 III. Green D. Develop community sustainability 01. Extension of Thornton Parks and a. Develop proposal to extend Parks and Open Space Tax including Community Q2
Thornton programs Open Space Tax. Note: Existing Parks potential uses and revenue generation (place on ballot in selected Services
and Open Space Tax ends December 31, year).
2018
102.0 III. Green D. Develop community sustainability 01. Extension of Thornton Parks and b. Survey and educate Thornton citizens on parks and open space Community Q4
Thornton programs Open Space Tax. Note: Existing Parks issues as it relates to extension of tax. Services
and Open Space Tax ends December 31,
2018
103.0 III. Green D. Develop community sustainability 02. Amend the development code to a. Review proposed changes with City Council. City Development Q2
Thornton programs allow solar collectors on rooftops
104.0 III. Green D. Develop community sustainability 02. Amend the development code to b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q2
Thornton programs allow solar collectors on rooftops
105.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 01. Use recycled materials in capital a. Evaluate the use of 20 percent recycled asphalt material (RAP) for Infrastructure Q3
Thornton City’s carbon footprint improvement programs the 2010 Street Rehabilitation Program.
106.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 02. Develop a Five‐Year “Green Plan” a. Hire a consultant to develop a Five Year Green Plan focusing on Management Q2
Thornton City’s carbon footprint that would include review of facilities and fleet operation improvements. Services
opportunities for each facility, fleet
replacement, infrastructure
development, and renewable options
such as wind and solar
107.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 02. Develop a Five‐Year “Green Plan” b. Review the Five Year Green Plan and performance benchmarks Management Q4
Thornton City’s carbon footprint that would include review of with City Council for implementation commencing 2011. Services
May 6, 2010 11 of 27
City of Thornton

108.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 02. Develop a Five‐Year “Green Plan” c. Implement Five Year Green Plan and ensure benchmarks are being Management Q4
Thornton City’s carbon footprint that would include review of met (as part of budget). Services
109.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration a. Submit grant application for TSSIP to pay for traffic controller Infrastructure Q3
Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) communication equipment for 2011 through 2015 funding: Holly
Street/McKay Road between 104th Avenue and 136th Avenue
(2011), I20th Avenue between Bellaire and Quebec Street (2011),
Huron Street between 84th Avenue and Conifer Street (2012), 84th
Avenue between I‐25 and Huron Street (2013), Grant Street Between
Thornton Parkway and 102nd Avenue (2015) ‐ applications due July
2010
110.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration b. Continue to work with the Denver Regional Council of Infrastructure Q2
Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) Governments (DRCOG) on arterial traffic signal coordination:
Washington Street between 83rd Avenue and 136th Avenue.
111.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration c. Continue to work with DRCOG on arterial traffic signal Infrastructure Q4
Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) coordination: Colorado Boulevard between 88th Avenue and 144th
Avenue and Thornton Parkway between Pecos and York Street.
112.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration d. Continue to work with DRCOG on arterial traffic signal Infrastructure Q2

Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) coordination: 88th Avenue between Huron and Dahlia.
113.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration e. Continue to work with DRCOG on arterial traffic signal Infrastructure Q3
Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) coordination: Holly Street/McKay Road between 104th Avenue and
136th Avenue:
114.0 III. Green E. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Implement traffic signal integration f. Continue to work with DRCOG on arterial traffic signal Infrastructure Q4
Thornton City’s carbon footprint program (TSSIP) coordination: 84th Avenue between Washington Street and Huron
Street.
115.0 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the 01. Green House Gas Inventory and a. Present Climate Action Matrix to City Council. City Development Q2
Thornton community's carbon footprint Climate Action Matrix
116.0 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the 01. Green House Gas Inventory and b. Select strategies to be pursued by the City. City Development Q3
Thornton community's carbon footprint Climate Action Matrix
117.0 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the 02. Extension of multi‐use trails and a. Continue efforts to connect and build missing pieces in the trail Community Q4
Thornton community's carbon footprint bicycle routes system. Services
118.0 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the 03. Investigate Complete Streets a. Determine the impact to Thornton and identify potential changes Infrastructure/ City Q3
Thornton community's carbon footprint Programs to comply with the new standards. Development
May 6, 2010 12 of 27
City of Thornton

119.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 01. North Metro Final Environmental a. Review FEIS with City Council and submit comments to the OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe Impact Statement (FEIS) and Record of Regional Transportation District (RTD). (Note: after the comment
Decision (ROD) period, RTD will provide a response to the comments in the Record of
Decision). (July 2010)
120.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 01. North Metro Final Environmental b. Federal agencies sign ROD. OMB Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe Impact Statement (FEIS) and Record of
Decision (ROD)
121.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 02. DRCOG review/approval of RTD a. RTD to submit Annual Financial Plan to DRCOG for review. OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe Annual Financial Plan
122.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 02. DRCOG review/approval of RTD b. DRCOG consultant/staff reviews and provides report to DRCOG. OMB Q2
123.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 02. DRCOG review/approval of RTD c. City staff reviews draft Financial Review Report and Annual OMB Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe Annual Financial Plan Program Evaluation with City Council.
124.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 02. DRCOG review/approval of RTD d. DRCOG Board acts on Annual Program Evaluation review. OMB Q3
125.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in a. Work with Federal lobbyist to provide comments on new OMB Ongoing
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project Transportation Reauthorization (through the Federal delegation and
funding for North Metro Line and lobby various Federal level subcommittees working on reauthorization).
for changes and funding
126.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in b. Actively participate in commenting on New Starts rule changes OMB Q2‐Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project individually and through the RTD consortium.
funding for North Metro Line and lobby
127.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in c. Develop a timeframe of key dates for City Council and staff. OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project
127.1 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in d. Send letter to Phil Washington, RTD requesting letter of support to OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project officials regarding City appropriation request to fund the North
funding for North Metro Line and lobby Metro Corridor Greenfield Demonstration Project and City request
for changes and funding for federal grant funding (NOW).
127.2 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in e. Work with RTD to develop comments on New Starts regulation OMB Ongoing
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project changes (Q2‐Q4).
127.3 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 03. Actively pursue changes in f. Work with City lobbyists to provide comments on Transportation OMB Ongoing
Transportation within original planned timeframe legislation needed to secure project Reauthorization Bill (Q3, Q4, 2011).
May 6, 2010 13 of 27
City of Thornton

128.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 04. Metro Mayors Caucus (MMC) and a. Continue ongoing staff support. OMB Ongoing
Transportation within original planned timeframe MMC Task Force on FasTracks
129.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 05. Continue to monitor, review and a. RTD Board to consider award of P3 contract (which does not OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe provide comments on RTD include the North Metro Line) in May 2010.
implementation plans and ballot
campaign for FasTracks
130.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 05. Continue to monitor, review and b. Monitor RTD surveys and focus groups on ballot campaign OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe provide comments on RTD strategies.
131.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 05. Continue to monitor, review and c. Provide active commentary on proposed ballot language. OMB 2011
Transportation within original planned timeframe provide comments on RTD
132.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 05. Continue to monitor, review and d. Review and comment on RTD North Metro Corridor IGA and OMB Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe provide comments on RTD review with City Council.
133.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 06. Quiet Zone Designation and PUC a. RTD completes 30 percent design of corridor. OMB Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe approval. Thornton is lead for the
entities in this corridor; evaluation
process has been started but is on hold
pending RTD finalization of using
Burlington‐Northern route at south end
of line
134.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 06. Quiet Zone Designation and PUC b. City proceeds with PUC approval to obtain preapproval on OMB Q2
Transportation within original planned timeframe approval. Thornton is lead for the designation (six to nine month process).
of line
135.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 06. Quiet Zone Designation and PUC c. Consider local improvements as part of the capital budget (2016‐ OMB Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe approval. Thornton is lead for the 2017 timeframe).
of line
May 6, 2010 14 of 27
City of Thornton

136.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 07. Future Stations/Traffic Impact a. Traffic calming around Transit Oriented Development (TOD) Infrastructure Q3
Transportation within original planned timeframe Stations – need to look at 124th Traffic Calming Plan implementation
as part of 2011‐2016 CIP Fiscal Note: Will need to look at potential
acquisition of land for key stations as part of 2011‐2016 CIP budget
to ensure availability.
137.0 IV. Transit and A. North Metro Line is constructed 08. Provide timely information for the a. Create position papers and press releases to disseminate to local OMB 2011
Transportation within original planned timeframe public on proposed RTD ballot measure media on activities of FasTracks and any new developments (possibly
on FasTracks produce TV and Radio spots depending on developments) after RTD
rolls out their Final plan continuing through to election.
138.0 IV. Transit and B. Plan and zone transit station areas 01. Amend the Development Code to a. Present draft TOD Zoning District to City Council. Waiting on City Development Q3

Transportation Transit Oriented Developments (TOD) as create TOD Zoning District Federal language and guidelines related to Federal funding.
per Comprehensive Plan and North
Washington Subarea Plan
139.0 IV. Transit and B. Plan and zone transit station areas 01. Amend the Development Code to b. Conduct stakeholder meetings, revise draft TOD Zoning District City Development Q3

Transportation Transit Oriented Developments (TOD) as create TOD Zoning District amendment, and present final document to City Council for action.
140.0 IV. Transit and B. Plan and zone transit station areas 02. Consider rezoning the transit station a. Notify property owners and conduct neighborhood meetings for City Development Q3

Transportation Transit Oriented Developments (TOD) as areas to the TOD Zoning District proposed rezoning to TOD at each station location.
141.0 IV. Transit and B. Plan and zone transit station areas 02. Consider rezoning the transit station b. Publish and conduct public hearing to formally consider rezoning. City Development Q4

Transportation Transit Oriented Developments (TOD) as areas to the TOD Zoning District
142.0 IV. Transit and C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐ 01. Work with the North Area Transit a. Work with RTD, NATA, and CDOT to develop funding alternatives OMB/NATA Ongoing

Transportation 25 Corridor Alliance (NATA) to build a coalition to and requests for the North Metro Corridor.
pursue funding for the North Metro
Corridor
143.0 IV. Transit and C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐ 02. Develop lobbying strategy/effort to a. NATA to review and approve lobbying strategy for the North Metro OMB/NATA Q3
Transportation 25 Corridor garner funding for North Metro Line Line, New Starts and other grants, Transportation Reauthorization
and remaining FasTracks lines and other Bill, and other NATA transportation priorities (I‐25).
NATA priorities
May 6, 2010 15 of 27
City of Thornton

144.0 IV. Transit and C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐ 02. Develop lobbying strategy/effort to b. Develop materials needed for elected officials to lobby various OMB/NATA Q4
Transportation 25 Corridor garner funding for North Metro Line officials to accomplish NATA strategy.
and remaining FasTracks lines and other
NATA priorities
145.0 IV. Transit and C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐ 02. Develop lobbying strategy/effort to c. Coordinate efforts of NATA members on DRCOG with respect to OMB Q2

Transportation 25 Corridor garner funding for North Metro Line RTD 2010 Annual Financial Plan review and approval effort going
and remaining FasTracks lines and other through DRCOG.
NATA priorities
146.0 IV. Transit and C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐ 02. Develop lobbying strategy/effort to d. Review position on FasTracks completion and ballot proposal and OMB 2011

Transportation 25 Corridor garner funding for North Metro Line take position.
and remaining FasTracks lines and other
NATA priorities
147.0 IV. Transit and D. Livability and Sustainability 01. North Metro Corridor "Greenfield a. HUD Sustainable Communities Planning Grant (through DRCOG): OMB Q3

Transportation Plan" provide comments on Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) through
March 2010, NOFA published in April 2010, applications due June
2010, and awardees announced August 2010.
148.0 IV. Transit and D. Livability and Sustainability 01. North Metro Corridor "Greenfield b. Develop joint application due June 2010 with RTD, DRCOG, and OMB Q3

Transportation Plan" other cities (awardees announced August 2010).
149.0 IV. Transit and D. Livability and Sustainability 01. North Metro Corridor "Greenfield c. Federal appropriation request. OMB Q4
Transportation Plan"
May 6, 2010 16 of 27
City of Thornton

150.0 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 01. Continue to coordinate with the a. Coordinate with Thornton and Northglenn Rotary on their food Police Q2
Cares residents various entities engaged in assisting drive which runs for six weeks starting in April.
food banks in conducting food drives to
stock their shelves
151.0 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 01. Continue to coordinate with the b. Investigate conducting food drive as part of National Night Out. Police Q3
Cares residents various entities engaged in assisting
food banks in conducting food drives to
stock their shelves
152.0 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 01. Continue to coordinate with the c. Secure a sponsor to provide turkey coupons for distribution at local Business Q4
Cares residents various entities engaged in assisting food banks. Check with local grocers on availability of turkeys and Development
food banks in conducting food drives to local food banks on historic participation to ensure adequate supply.
stock their shelves
152.1 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 01. Continue to coordinate with the d. Determine if there is a need for cold storage of turkeys at the food Business Q4
Cares residents various entities engaged in assisting banks and if so investigate potential cold storage solutions for Development
food banks in conducting food drives to donated turkeys.
stock their shelves
153.0 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 01. Provide a Thornton Water a. Reconvene group to review how the Water Assistance Program Management Q1
Cares those unable to keep up with the bills Assistance Program could be utilized in concert with water conservation efforts. Services
154.0 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 01. Provide a Thornton Water b. Implement changes directed by City Council. Management Q2

Cares those unable to keep up with the bills Assistance Program Services
May 6, 2010 17 of 27
City of Thornton

155.0 VI. Employee A. Institute a pro‐active wellness 01. Evaluate other pro‐active wellness a. Contact West Metro Fire to coordinate an on‐site visit. Management Q1
and Community program programs (West Metro Fire District) and Services/Fire
Recognition develop pilot program proposal
156.0 VI. Employee A. Institute a pro‐active wellness 01. Evaluate other pro‐active wellness b. Develop Pilot Program for Thornton Fire Department. Management Q3

157.0 VI. Employee A. Institute a pro‐active wellness 01. Evaluate other pro‐active wellness c. Discuss with City Council as part of 2011 Budget Presentation. Management Q3

158.0 VI. Employee A. Institute a pro‐active wellness 01. Evaluate other pro‐active wellness d. Commence implementation of approved program if and to the Management Q1

and Community program programs (West Metro Fire District) and extent funded. Services/Fire
159.0 VI. Employee A. Institute a pro‐active wellness 01. Evaluate other pro‐active wellness e. Evaluate initial effectiveness of program using measures such as Management Q4

and Community program programs (West Metro Fire District) and sick leave usage and job related injuries. Services/Fire
160.0 VI. Employee B. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities a. Develop a process by which citizens, City Council, or staff may Management Q2

and Community to recognize employee contributions where City Council can recognize recognize employees on a quarterly basis for contributions to the Services
Recognition employees community and recommend a group to review award nominees.
161.0 VI. Employee B. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities b. Implement program approved by City Council. Management Q3

and Community to recognize employee contributions where City Council can recognize Services
Recognition employees
162.0 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 01. Recognition at community events a. The City will host a VIP tent at Thorntonfest for City Council and Community Q2

and Community meet with and recognize contributions board members to gather on a social basis in a relaxed atmosphere. Services
Recognition of Boards and Commissions
163.0 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 01. Recognition at community events b. The City will open the Carpenter Recreation Center on the 4th of Community Q3

and Community meet with and recognize contributions July for City Council and board members to gather on a social basis Services
Recognition of Boards and Commissions prior to the celebration.
May 6, 2010 18 of 27
City of Thornton

163.1 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 01. Recognition at community events c. The City will host a tent at Harvestfest for City Council and board Community Q3
and Community meet with and recognize contributions members to gather on a social basis in a relaxed atmosphere. Services
163.2 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 01. Recognition at community events d. The City will host a tent at Winterfest for City Council and board Community Q3

and Community meet with and recognize contributions members to gather on a social basis in a relaxed atmosphere. Services
163.3 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 02. Schedule meetings between City a. Determine which boards and commissions want to meet with City OMB Q2

and Community meet with and recognize contributions Council and boards and commissions Council.
163.4 VI. Employee C. Provide opportunity for Council to 02. Formal meetings between City b. Schedule initial meetings and evaluate whether regular meetings OMB Q3

and Community meet with and recognize contributions Council and boards and commissions will continue and at what frequency.
164.0 VI. Employee D. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities a. Develop a criteria based process that allows citizens, City Council, Management Q2

and Community to recognize citizen contributions to the where City Council can recognize or staff to recognize citizens for contributions to the community on a Services
Recognition community citizens quarterly basis.
164.1 VI. Employee D. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities b. Review award criteria with City Council that staff will use to Management Q3

and Community to recognize citizen contributions to the where City Council can recognize evaluate nominees. Services
Recognition community citizens
165.0 VI. Employee D. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities c. Implement program. Management Q3

and Community to recognize citizen contributions to the where City Council can recognize Services
166.0 VI. Employee D. Provide opportunity for City Council 01. Develop additional opportunities d. Market program. Management Q3

and Community to recognize citizen contributions to the where City Council can recognize Services
May 6, 2010 19 of 27
City of Thornton

167.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 01. School Land Dedication fee a. Receive timeline and steps from City Manager and School District City Development Q2
Services Code 12 Superintendent.
168.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 01. School Land Dedication fee b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code
169.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 02. Sign code section revisions a. Prepare draft for internal review. City Development Q2
Services Code
170.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 02. Sign code section revisions b. Review proposed changes with BTAC. City Development Q3
Services Code
171.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 02. Sign code section revisions c. Review proposed changes with specialized (outside) attorneys as City Development Q4
Services Code needed.
172.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 02. Sign code section revisions d. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q4
Services Code
173.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 03. International Building Codes 2009 a. Review proposed changes with City Council. City Development Q2
Services Code
174.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 03. International Building Codes 2009 b. Formal action by City Council (public hearing). City Development Q2
Services Code
175.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 03. International Building Codes 2009 c. Changes effective. City Development Q3
Services Code
176.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 04. Revise Land Use Regulations (add a. Draft completed for internal and external review. City Development Q1
Services Code and delete uses, update use standards,
review uses allowed by zone district)
177.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 04. Revise Land Use Regulations (add b. Planning Session discussion with City Council. City Development Q2

178.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 04. Revise Land Use Regulations (add c. Formal consideration by City Council. City Development Q3

179.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 05. Development code revisions to a. Evaluate 2009 program. City Development Q2

Services Code allow “cold weather care program”
180.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 05. Development code revisions to b. Update to City Council and recommend changes to the City Code. City Development Q2
181.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 05. Development code revisions to c. Formal action by City Council if necessary. City Development Q3
May 6, 2010 20 of 27
City of Thornton

182.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 06. Revisions to address conflicts and a. Draft completed for internal and external review. City Development Q2
Services Code reflect industry standards (deck/patio
covers, temporary food vendors, POD,
lighting and parking standards)
183.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 06. Revisions to address conflicts and b. Planning Session discussion with City Council. City Development Q3

184.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 06. Revisions to address conflicts and c. Formal consideration by City Council. City Development Q4

185.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 07. Development standards/options a. Draft completed for internal and external review. City Development Q2

Services Code (changes to setbacks, public art
dedication, recreation amenities,
landscaping, parking, etc.)
186.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 07. Development standards/options b. Planning Session discussion with City Council. City Development Q3

187.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 07. Development standards/options c. Formal consideration by City Council. City Development Q3

188.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 08. Sound transmission between a. Included as part of International Building Code update. City Development Q3

Services Code residential and nonresidential uses
(common wall/floor)
189.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 09. Sustainability options (quality a. Draft completed for internal and external review. City Development Q2
Services Code enhancements, bees, goats, chickens,
private property burials)
May 6, 2010 21 of 27
City of Thornton

190.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 09. Sustainability options (quality b. Planning Session discussion with City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code enhancements, bees, chickens, private
property burials, accessory dwelling
units)
191.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 09. Sustainability options (quality c. Formal consideration by City Council. City Development Q4
Services Code enhancements, bees, chickens, private
property burials, accessory dwelling
units)
192.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 10. Medical marijuana facilities a. Discussion with City Council regarding State legislation. City Development Q2
Services Code
193.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 10. Medical marijuana facilities b. Update ordinance to comply with approved State legislation. City Development Q2
Services Code
194.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 10. Medical marijuana facilities c. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code
195.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 10. Medical marijuana facilities d. If State legislation requires ballot issue the City may need an City Development Q4
Services Code extension of moratorium (July), updated ordinances to comply with
ballot issue (November), and formal action by City Council
(December).
196.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 11. Additional land use regulations for a. City Council discussion of issues at Planning Session. City Development Q3
Services Code payday lenders, pawnshops, liquor
stores and used car dealerships
197.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 11. Additional land use regulations for b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q3

Services Code payday lenders, pawnshops, liquor
stores and used car dealerships
198.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 12. Ensure diverse and affordable a. Review potential revisions to City Code that may limit future City Development Q2

Services Code housing affordable housing.
199.0 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 12. Ensure diverse and affordable b. Present findings to City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code housing
199.1 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 13. Review driveway width regulations a. City Council discussion of issues at Planning Session. City Development Q3
Services Code
199.2 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 13. Driveway width regulations b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code
199.3 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 14. Review carport regulations a. City Council discussion of issues at Planning Session. City Development Q3
Services Code
199.4 VII. Ongoing A. Address potential updates to the City 14. Review carport regulations b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q3
Services Code
May 6, 2010 22 of 27
City of Thornton

202.0 VII. Ongoing B. Manage major master planning 01. Housing Master Plan a. Review the Housing Master Plan and suggested strategies City Development Q2
Services efforts (including accessory dwelling unit changes).
203.0 VII. Ongoing B. Manage major master planning 01. Housing Master Plan b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q2
Services efforts
204.0 VII. Ongoing B. Manage major master planning 02. Utilities Master Plan a. Utilities Master Plan presentation to City Council. Infrastructure Q2
Services efforts
205.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 01. Brighton Boundary utility service a. Present Brighton Boundary IGA amendment for City Council action. City Development Q2
Services access to raw water and effective areas
treatment of waste water
206.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 02. Northern negotiations – Water a. Explore options with the Northern Colorado Water Conservancy Infrastructure Ongoing
Services access to raw water and effective Districts and Northern Colorado Water District.
treatment of waste water Conservancy District
207.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 02. Northern negotiations – Water b. Evaluate alternative with identified districts and/or other Infrastructure Ongoing
Services access to raw water and effective Districts and Northern Colorado Water unidentified potential partners.
208.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 02. Northern negotiations – Water c. Continue discussions with Greeley. Infrastructure Q2
Services access to raw water and effective Districts and Northern Colorado Water
209.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 03. Effluent Trade with Aurora ‐ a. Thornton‐Aurora effluent trade IGA. Infrastructure Q1
Services access to raw water and effective extension from Metro sewer
treatment of waste water negotiations
210.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 03. Effluent Trade with Aurora ‐ b. File Declaratory Judgment Action in Water Court. Infrastructure Q2
211.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 03. Effluent Trade with Aurora ‐ c. Complete negotiations with objectors and file motion for approval Infrastructure Q3
Services access to raw water and effective extension from Metro sewer in Water Court (best case).
212.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 03. Effluent Trade with Aurora ‐ d. Water Court approval (best case). Infrastructure Q4
213.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 04. Lakeview Estates connection to a. IGA between City and Lakeview Estates Water District approved. Infrastructure Q2
Services access to raw water and effective Thornton system (may need to
treatment of waste water condemn ROW)
214.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 04. Lakeview Estates connection to b. City completes installation of hydrants and water meters. Infrastructure Q3
Services access to raw water and effective Thornton system (may need to Lakeview Estates completes construction of waterline across Talon
treatment of waste water condemn ROW) View.
215.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 05. Brighton implementation to wheel a. Complete interconnect line between Zone 4 tanks and City of Infrastructure Q2
Services access to raw water and effective Westminster water Brighton complete connection to 128th Avenue connection west of
treatment of waste water Riverdale Road.
May 6, 2010 23 of 27
City of Thornton

216.0 VII. Ongoing C. Continue efforts to ensure reliable 06. Potential sale of Mandalay Lake in a. Continue negotiations with Parkwood for the sale of the Mandalay Infrastructure Q2
Services access to raw water and effective exchange for useable water rights assets.
treatment of waste water
217.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 01. Minor Update of Comprehensive a. Presentation of update items to City Council. City Development Q2
Services development Plan to reflect recent changes
218.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 01. Minor Update of Comprehensive b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q2

Services development Plan to reflect recent changes
219.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 02. Northglenn IGA regarding land use a. City Council consideration of IGA amendment to allow North End City Development Q3

Services development and sewer plant TOD residential.
220.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated a. Facilitate closing on the land exchange. Infrastructure Q2
Services development Service Center (CSC)
221.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated b. Develop landscape screening plan for easements around School Infrastructure Q2
Services development Service Center (CSC) District 12 Fleet Maintenance Facility and CSC.
222.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated c. Construct surrounding roadways and reopen to traffic ‐ 126th Infrastructure Q3
Services development Service Center (CSC) Avenue realignment and Lafayette 128th Avenue to Eastlake
Boulevard (124th Avenue).
223.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated d. Acquire land necessary for future realignment of 124th Avenue Infrastructure Q3
Services development Service Center (CSC) (Eastlake Avenue) east of the Farmers Highline Canal.
224.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated e. Completion of Preliminary Design Study for CSC. Management Q3
Services development Service Center (CSC) Services
225.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated f. Approval of operating IGA for CSC by City and School District 12. Management Q4
Services development Service Center (CSC) Services
226.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 03. Implementation of Consolidated g. Construction of School District 12 Transportation Facility and Infrastructure Q3
Services development Service Center (CSC) Consolidated Services Center.
227.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 04. School District 12 school sites a. Receive information from School District 12. City Development Q2
Services development Comprehensive Plan Amendment
228.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 04. School District 12 school sites Comp b. Formal action by City Council. City Development Q2
Services development Plan Amendment
229.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 05. Suncor Pipeline through Parterre a. Reestablish negotiations with Suncor once the merger with Petro‐ Infrastructure Q3
Services development Canada is completed.
230.0 VII. Ongoing D. Plan for long‐term impact of future 06. Weld County Growth Area and a. Monitor development activities in Weld County growth area and City Development Ongoing
Services development annexation amend IGA if needed.
231.0 VII. Ongoing E. Administer CDBG entitlement 01. Administer the 2011 Community a. Advertise and administer grant application process. Review City Development Q3
Services responsibilities Development Block Grant (CDBG) applications for CDBG eligibility and meeting the US Department of
application process. Housing and Urban Development (HUD) national objectives.
May 6, 2010 24 of 27
City of Thornton

232.0 VII. Ongoing E. Administer CDBG entitlement 01. Administer the 2011 Community b. Present 2011 grant applications to TRAB for recommendations and City Development Q4
Services responsibilities Development Block Grant (CDBG) to City Council for approval.
application process.
233.0 VII. Ongoing E. Administer CDBG entitlement 01. Administer the 2011 Community c. Complete 2011 Annual Action Plan with City Council approved City Development Q4
Services responsibilities Development Block Grant (CDBG) projects and submit to HUD.
application process.
234.0 VII. Ongoing E. Administer CDBG entitlement 02. Complete the 2010 CDBG Program a. Once City receives HUD contract for 2010 CDBG funds, work with City Development Ongoing
Services responsibilities 2010 grantees on successful completion of programs and submittal of
proper documentation.
235.0 VII. Ongoing E. Administer CDBG entitlement 03. Work with HUD on entitlement a. Establish policies and procedures for use of grants, set up contract City Development Q2
Services responsibilities community responsibilities templates, develop material for grant recipients on environmental
reviews, fair housing, and wage requirements.
236.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 01. Increase awareness and access to a. Develop a list of housing resource contacts for homeless or near City Development Q3
Services areas housing and support services for homeless populations.
homeless or near homeless population
237.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 02. Improve access to housing a. Announce the completion of rehabilitated foreclosed and vacant City Development Ongoing

Services areas opportunities homes through press releases, the Web site, and other promotional
events or materials.
238.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 02. Improve access to housing b. Promote the First Time Homebuyer programs and market City Development Q2
Services areas opportunities mortgage assistance programs to future homeowners.
239.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 03. Fire Department ‐ emergency a. Report to City Council on reorganization of Fire Department Fire Q3
Services areas medical services (EMS) response strategic plan which will outline a process for moving toward EMS
deployment focus rather than fire based fire service (focus on EMS service delivery).
240.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 03. Fire Department ‐ emergency b. SAFER grants are anticipated to be released in June of 2010. Fire Q3
Services areas medical services (EMS) response Report to City Council the progress made in applying for the grant
deployment focus rather than fire and the quantity of personnel requested in the grant and their
utilization toward the focus of EMS services.
241.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 04. Street lights, Xcel control, and a. Conducted an audit of Xcel and United Power billing to compare Infrastructure Ongoing
Services areas alternatives with actual street lights. Pursuing reimbursement for discrepancies
and recoverable damages and continuing work with the Municipal
Streetlight Consortium to push for more energy efficient streetlight
options.
242.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 05. Youth sports groups use of school a. A policy for School District 12 and School District 1 is under Community Q4
Services areas district facilities and use fees development and may be discussed with City Council in 2010. Services
243.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 06. Census promotion and assistance a. Complete Count Committee coordinate outreach efforts. Management Q2

Services areas Services
May 6, 2010 25 of 27
City of Thornton

244.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 06. Census promotion and assistance b. Establish Questionnaire Assistance Centers. City Development Q2
Services areas
245.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 06. Census promotion and assistance c. Other Outreach efforts. City Development Q2
Services areas
246.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 07. Recycling program a. Review other operating programs that could increase financial Infrastructure Ongoing
Services areas vitality of the programs including a Pilot Grass and Leaf Recycling
Drop‐off Program at the Infrastructure Maintenance Center.
247.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 08. Develop a Budget and Finance a. Convene a taskforce of employees from different levels and OMB Q3

Services areas Taskforce divisions within the organization and charge the taskforce with
reviewing current budget and financial challenges. Recommend
potential operational changes to align ongoing expenditures with
ongoing revenues prior to development of the 2011 Budget.
Periodically update City Council on taskforce progress.
248.0 VII. Ongoing F. Address challenges in other service 01. Develop a Budget and Finance b. Implement taskforce recommendations into the 2011 Budget OMB Q4

Services areas Taskforce proposal and long term financial planning process.
249.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 01. 84th Avenue and I‐25 Bridge a. IGA between the City and CDOT. Infrastructure Q3
Services Enhancement
250.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 01. 84th Avenue and I‐25 Bridge b. Design and construction of improvements. Infrastructure 2011
251.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 01. 84th Avenue and I‐25 Bridge c. Complete landscape design (construction in 2012). Infrastructure 2011
252.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 02. 128th Entrance Sign a. Complete construction. Infrastructure Q3
Services
253.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 03. 120th Avenue Holly to Quebec a. Complete construction. Infrastructure Q2
Services
254.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 04. 88th and Dahlia Intersection and "S" a. Begin construction Infrastructure Q2
Services Curve Improvements
255.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 04. 88th and Dahlia Intersection and "S" b. Complete construction. Infrastructure Q4
Services Curve Improvements
256.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 05. 104th Avenue Colorado to a. Complete design. Infrastructure Q3
Services Grandview Ponds
257.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 05. 104th Avenue Colorado to b. Begin construction. Infrastructure Q4
258.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 05. 104th Avenue Colorado to c. Complete construction. Infrastructure Q4
259.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 06. 136th Cherry to Holly a. Complete construction. Infrastructure Q2
Services
May 6, 2010 26 of 27
City of Thornton

260.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 07. Washington Street 144th to 150th a. Complete design. Infrastructure Q2
Services
261.0 VII. Ongoing G. Ongoing Roadway Improvements 07. Washington Street 144th to 150th b. Begin construction. Infrastructure Q3
Services
May 6, 2010 27 of 27
2010‐2011 Work Plan
Fiscal Notes
URBAN REVITALIZATION

Develop a strategy to redevelop and revitalize South Thornton

• 8.0: Develop an implementation plan to preserve Lambertson Lakes for consideration in the 2011 Budget.

Improve the aesthetics of key entryways into the City

• 13.0: Present 104th Avenue and I‐25 Interchange entrance sign options to City Council for Funding consideration.

• 18.0: Identify additional key entryways and potential aesthetic improvements for consideration by City Council.

Reduce impact of noise on neighborhoods adjacent to major arterials

• 46.0: Identify options available to reduce noise and present to City Council.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND JOB CREATION

Implement the North Washington Subarea Plan

• 72.0: Develop an implementation strategy to improve infrastructure and foster development of a future employment center in northern Thornton
(some funding available through the Urban Renewal Area).

GREEN THORNTON

Increase energy efficiency and decrease energy consumption at City facilities

• 94.0: Analyze the results of the energy efficient parking light pilot program and consider implementing the next phase of improvements in the 2012
Budget.

Increase City fleet fuel efficiency

• 97.0: Identify fleet replacement green opportunities in the 2011 Budget.
2010‐2011 Work Plan
Fiscal Notes

• 100.0: Evaluate implementing Phase 2 GPS system as part of the 2011 Budget on non‐snow and ice response vehicles.

Establish programs that reduce the City’s carbon footprint

• 107.0: Review the Five Year Green Plan and performance benchmarks with City Council for implementation commencing in 2011.

• 118.0: Determine the impact of the Complete Streets program to Thornton and identify potential changes to comply with the new standards.

TRANSIT AND TRANSPORTATION

North Metro Line is constructed within original planned timeframe

• 135.0: Consider local Quiet Zone Designation improvements as part of the 2016‐2017 Capital Improvement Budget.

• 136.0: Consider traffic calming and land acquisition around 124th Avenue and other Transit Oriented Development (TOD) stations (2011‐2016 Capital
Improvement Budget).

EMPLOYEE AND COMMUNITY RECOGNITION

Institute a pro‐active wellness program

• 157.0: Discuss pilot program with City Council for consideration in the 2011 Budget.

ONGOING SERVICES

Address challenges in other service areas

• 240.0: Apply for the SAFER grant for Fire and EMS personnel and evaluate the long‐term cost impact.

City of Thornton *These were benchmars identified
in the 2009‐2010 Work Plan and
2009‐2010 Work Plan ‐ Supplemental List of Completed/Ongoing Benchmarks* have been incorporated as ongoing
NUM GOAL OBJECTIVE ACTION 2009‐2010 BENCHMARK DEPT STATUS

64 I. Urban A. Create a Revitalization Master Plan 1. Complete Revitalization Task Force’s a. Preliminary recommendations to Council CD Done
Revitalization efforts
65 I. Urban A. Create a Revitalization Master Plan 1. Complete Revitalization Task Force’s b. Final recommendations to Council CD Done
162 I. Urban A. Create a Revitalization Master Plan 1. Complete Revitalization Task Force’s c. Council discusses recommendations and provides direction to staff for implementation CD Done
163 I. Urban A. Create a Revitalization Master Plan 1. Complete Revitalization Task Force’s d. Task to recommend creating Revitalization Advisory Board and no specific duties. Develop CD Done
Revitalization efforts marketing pieces regarding Task Force recommendations; Council actions; Implementation efforts
251 I. Urban A. Create a Revitalization Master Plan 2. Develop Work Plan to implement Task a. Staff develops work plan and brings back to Council for review/comment CD Ongoing

Revitalization Force recommendations
5 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 2. Improvement landscaping at Thornton a. Develop scope of services and hire design consultant CS Done
Revitalization Parkway/I‐25 interchange
106 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 2. Improvement landscaping at Thornton b. Design and go out to bid on improvements CS Done
279 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 2. Improvement landscaping at Thornton c. Construction completed ‐ end of July 2009 CS Done
66 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 3. 84th Avenue Bridge Replacement & a. CDOT scoping meeting w/City INF Done
Revitalization Architectural Features
164 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 3. 84th Avenue Bridge Replacement & d. City hires consultant to design enhancements to interchange INF Done
Revitalization Architectural Features
67 I. Urban B. Improve the aesthetics of entry ways 6. Construct entrance sign at 128th a. Sign under design as part of 128th Avenue widening CIP Project. INF Done
Revitalization Avenue/I‐25 Overpass
226 I. Urban C. Complete Historic Landmarks 1. Complete process to list Farmers Coop a. Complete and submit nomination of Farmers Coop Grain Elevator for listing on National Historic CD Done
Revitalization Preservation Designation Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State Historic Register
Register
68 I. Urban C. Complete Historic Landmarks 1. Complete process to list Farmers Coop e. Clarify that TASHCO has responsibility for “history” as well as “arts”; verify if Quonset Hut is CS Done
Revitalization Preservation Designation Grain Elevator in Eastlake on State Historic original
Register
69 I. Urban C. Complete Historic Landmarks 2. Pursue listing of First Congregational a. Work with First Congregational United Church to obtain their approval to prepare application. CD Done
Revitalization Preservation Designation Church in Eastlake on State Historic Register Note: Could also be considered for local Historic Landmark Designation through City ordinance.
214 I. Urban C. Complete Historic Landmarks 2. Pursue listing of First Congregational b. Upon approval if feasible, complete and finalize application and submit to State Historic Society CD Ongoing

Revitalization Preservation Designation Church in Eastlake on State Historic Register for designation consideration
6 I. Urban D. Complete Historic Areas Study 1. Complete Master Plan Study for a. Prepare RFP* and Scope of Work *RFP to include design of entrance signs for Historic Area and CS Done

Revitalization Lambertson Lakes and Preserving Thornton historic trail in Original Thornton/Lambertson Lakes area to connect with Cultural Trail.
Done: Benchmark was completed and will no longer be reported
April 1, 2010 Ongoing: Benchmark was completed and will continue to be reported through the Level of Service Report 1 of 22

70 I. Urban D. Complete Historic Areas Study 1. Complete Master Plan Study for b. Select consultant and notice to proceed CS Done
Revitalization Lambertson Lakes and Preserving Thornton
168 I. Urban D. Complete Historic Areas Study 1. Complete Master Plan Study for c. Complete preliminary report (50%) and review with Council (August) CS Ongoing

215 I. Urban D. Complete Historic Areas Study 1. Complete Master Plan Study for d. Hold public meeting (September) CS Done

218 I. Urban E. Complete Historic Preservation Landmark 1. Complete Local Historic Landmark a. Present draft to Council CD Ongoing

Revitalization Ordinance Ordinance
255 I. Urban E. Complete Historic Preservation Landmark 1. Complete Local Historic Landmark b. Formal action by Council CD Ongoing
295 I. Urban E. Complete Historic Preservation Landmark 2. Implement Local Historic Landmark a. Conduct study to identify all building and structures of historic merit that meet the new Historic CD Ongoing
Revitalization Ordinance Ordinance Landmark Ordinance
227 I. Urban E. Complete Historic Preservation Landmark 2. Implement Local Historic Landmark b. Seek State Historical Society funding to conduct study CD Ongoing
301 I. Urban E. Complete Historic Preservation Landmark 2. Implement Local Historic Landmark c. Council designation of local historic landmarks. CD Ongoing
71 I. Urban F. Continue Development of 1. Work with North Valley Tech Center to a. Develop/sign lease agreement by end of April; Order stage materials… CS Done
Revitalization Theater/Auditorium establish community theater
112 I. Urban F. Continue Development of 1. Work with North Valley Tech Center to b. Art shows ‐‐ May – October 2009 CS Ongoing
Revitalization Theater/Auditorium establish community theater
321 I. Urban F. Continue Development of 2. Work with School District #1 to pursue a. Monitor stimulus grants for facilities, auditoriums, theaters to see if funding is available CS Done
Revitalization Theater/Auditorium stimulus/grant funding for school
auditorium
322 I. Urban F. Continue Development of 2. Work with School District #1 to pursue b. Work with SD #1 to see if education grant funds available to make improvements to auditorium CS Done
Revitalization Theater/Auditorium stimulus/grant funding for school
auditorium
7 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 01. Disperse remaining Noise Mitigation a. Notices mailed to eligible recipients (March) CD Done
Revitalization efforts Funds within approved mitigation Area
72 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 01. Disperse remaining Noise Mitigation b. Applications due May 20, 2009 CD Done
73 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 01. Disperse remaining Noise Mitigation c. Notice of application approval by June 1, 2009 CD Done
219 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 01. Disperse remaining Noise Mitigation d. Disbursement of funds September – December 2009 CD Done
8 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 02. Utilize HERA funds to acquire vacant a. City gathering data regarding eligible homes and licensed contractors to provide initial list to CD Done
Revitalization efforts and foreclosed homes for rehabilitation and Adams County Housing Authority (March 2009); list will be periodically updated
resale

74 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 02. Utilize HERA funds to acquire vacant b. Working on IGA among Adams County and Adams County Housing Authority (ACHA) regarding use CD Done
Revitalization efforts and foreclosed homes for rehabilitation and of these monies and designation of $1.2 million to Thornton; bring IGA to Council by end of April
resale 2009 Note: Adams County was awarded funds in March 2009 and assigned the program to Adams
County Housing Authority to administer. Anticipated City allocation of $1.2 million which would
cover up to 5 homes. Funds can only be used within HUD approved area: 104th Ave/88th
Ave/Riverdale Rd/Washington St. to acquire vacant and foreclosed properties. Have identified 14
homes and forwarded information to ACHA who then goes to bank holding mortgage; working with
ACHA to identify priority homes (extremely distressed/blighted.)
280 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 02. Utilize HERA funds to acquire vacant c. FISCAL NOTE: Program funds must be obligated within 18 months – by August 2010 CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts and foreclosed homes for rehabilitation and
resale
323 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 03. Continue Graffiti Removal Program a. Collaborate with other adjacent governments and non‐profits to proactively address removal of CD Done
Revitalization efforts graffiti along mutual corridors ‐‐ current effort includes sending letters to other governments and
non‐profits regarding mutual corridors regarding wor
75 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 03. Continue Graffiti Removal Program b. Send: letter to Adams County re: 88th Avenue Corridor and letters for other corridors. Also joined CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts Mile High Graffiti Task Force to share information (national) with other communities to proactively
address graffiti. Note: Current program level of service removes graffiti from residential fences,
retaining walls, garages and sheds that are adjacent to City streets, alleys, parks and trails within 24
hours of notice. In 2008, the program removed graffiti covering 88,361 square feet at 1,030 sites in
2008. Currently have one staff person devoted full‐time to program (admin, coordination, removal)
76 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 03. Continue Graffiti Removal Program c. Review existing policy (resolution) and ordinance; bring back to Council impact of expanding policy CD Done
Revitalization efforts to HOAs on level of service/response time/etc. FISCAL NOTE: review budget impact re:policy change.
220 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 04. Work with a variety of non‐profits to a. Rebuilding Together project scheduled for October 3. City is helping to identify the homes; will CD Ongoing

Revitalization efforts provide and/or coordinate community organize the volunteer teams that do the work and ensure includes people with appropriate skills
projects are on the teams; help find sponsors for the homes;
77 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 04. Work with a variety of non‐profits to b. Keep Thornton Beautiful event scheduled for May 2; City is helping publicize program and CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts provide and/or coordinate community providing programming assistance including printing and providing dumpsters and litter bags
projects
169 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 04. Work with a variety of non‐profits to c. Manufactured Home Park clean‐up collaborated with Brothers Redevelopment. Volunteers will CD Done
Revitalization efforts provide and/or coordinate community paint homes of elderly or disabled and help with yard clean up. Brothers Redevelopment Clean‐up
projects project anticipated July or August 2009 (exact date hasn’t been determined yet) The project is
focusing on cleaning up an entire neighborhood and manufactured home area. City will assist in
bringing volunteers
170 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 04. Work with a variety of non‐profits to d. Fix a Fence Project: City is developing a program which will utilize the Thornton Youth and Teen CD Done
Revitalization efforts provide and/or coordinate community Corp to do a week‐long program to fix fences for low‐income, senior, disabled individuals. City is
projects coordinating the entire program including marketing

113 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 04. Work with a variety of non‐profits to e. Publicize Teen Corp. and post activities so Council and others can participate/know what they are CS Ongoing
Revitalization efforts provide and/or coordinate community doing.
projects
160 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 05. Increase assistance to CDBG qualified a. 2009 Program, which is administered through Adams County, has approximately $150,000 CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts low and moderate income homeowners available for these programs; anticipate this will cover about 37 homes. (awarded in June) ‐ 2009
through Help for Homes Program and Funding arrives late summer.
Homeowner Rehab Assistance Program
78 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 05. Increase assistance to CDBG qualified b. Determine if HOME funds are going to continue to be awarded to mobile homes. CD Done

Revitalization efforts low and moderate income homeowners
through Help for Homes Program and
171 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 05. Increase assistance to CDBG qualified c. City is requesting approval to transfer about $60,000 in unencumbered funds from other CDBG CD Done

Revitalization efforts low and moderate income homeowners projects to this program; request to be submitted end of March 2009 with approval following in April
through Help for Homes Program and 2009; anticipate these additional funds will cover about 13 homes.
228 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 06. Continue efforts with Adams County on a. City’s efforts focus on marketing through bus shelter ads, newspaper ads, flyers, and hosting two CD Ongoing

Revitalization efforts Foreclosure Prevention program workshops in Thornton. Dates for 2009 workshops have yet to be determined by Adams County.
221 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 06. Continue efforts with Adams County on b. Provide Workshop attendance information to Council. Foreclosure Workshops in August and CD Ongoing

Revitalization efforts Foreclosure Prevention program September.
161 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 07. Initiate new CDBG Neighborhood Grant a. City creating application, process and eligible projects list and establishing evaluation committee CD Done
Revitalization efforts Program Note: New program will provide from $200 to $5,000 to cover the hard costs for projects that
improve the neighborhood for those areas that qualify for CDBG funding. Examples include doing a
community cleanup, neighborhood signs, improving or building walk‐ways, etc. The 2009 CDBG
program includes $31,000 for neighborhoods that qualify for CDBG funding and $800 for
neighborhoods that are non‐CDBG qualified. Funds likely to become available in June.
172 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 07. Initiate new CDBG Neighborhood Grant b. After receiving CDBG award notification, proceed with grant awards ‐ Tasks in Line 55 CD Done
Revitalization efforts Program

107 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 08. Continue efforts to develop a. N'hd Services to promote neighborhood block gathering throughout the City, provide 6‐8 block CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts neighborhood groups. party kits to residents hosting block parties, create Block Party guide on how to host a block party.
CRC to assist the three neighborhood leaders in the CDBG eligible area with block parties /
neighborhood meetings. (NJ 7/29) CRC to host 6 to 8 neighborhood block gatherings in original
Thornton – summer 2009 – and develop pamphlet on how to develop neighborhood groups to be
completed end of August 2009 Note: New Neighborhood Association Project pilot project started in
2008 to develop neighborhood groups. City contracted with Community Resource Center (CRC) to
initiate program in 2008; CRC is working with three leaders to develop groups in their neighborhoods
Replaced per JE mtg 7/24
178 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 08. Continue efforts to develop b. Provide monthly report on CRC efforts including number of meetings and people that are showing CD Done
Revitalization efforts neighborhood groups. up for neighborhood meetings; “knock & talk efforts”.
173 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 08. Continue efforts to develop c. Reevaluate program before decision is made on program and next CDBG grant round and present CD Done
Revitalization efforts neighborhood groups. to Council.
258 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 09. Determine if Thornton is to become a a. Thornton contract with Adams County to administer CDBG Funds coming to Thornton ends CD Done
Revitalization efforts CDBG entitlement community February 2010.
90 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 09. Determine if Thornton is to become a b. City doing cost benefit analysis and determining steps to take should the City decide to become CD Done
Revitalization efforts CDBG entitlement community direct entitlement community;
79 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 09. Determine if Thornton is to become a c. Analysis and recommendation to Council – May 2009. Note fiscal and political impact on other CD Done
Revitalization efforts CDBG entitlement community communities.
80 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 09. Determine if Thornton is to become a d. Council needs to decide no later than end of June 2009 if City would have to do to become direct CD Done
Revitalization efforts CDBG entitlement community entitlement community so that notice can be provided to HUD and Adams County. ‐
122 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 10. Target crimes in Revitalization Area a. Utilize Crime Enforcement Response Team (CERT) in Police Department to identify localized PD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts problem areas and then working to target crimes in revitalization area (through neighborhood
revitalization team will gain information that CERT can act on)
81 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 11. Increase coverage to expand available a. Implement new work schedule starting first week of May 2009 and ending September 30, 2009; CD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts Code Enforcement services to residents Code Officers to be available M‐F 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. and Saturday mornings 7:30 to 11:30 a.m.
during peak summer months
222 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 11. Increase coverage to expand available b. Capture coverage information to evaluate program at end of period to see if increased problem CD Done
Revitalization efforts Code Enforcement services to residents resolution resulted during this time period; provide to Council
during peak summer months
182 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 12. Bring neighborhoods together to a. Utilize iWatch program to bring neighbors together to reduce residential speeding (program INF Ongoing
Revitalization efforts address residential speeding started end of 2008) o City has had preliminary meetings with 15 neighborhoods south of 104th
Avenue;
256 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 12. Bring neighborhoods together to b. Utilize iWatch program to bring neighbors together to reduce residential speeding (program INF Ongoing
Revitalization efforts address residential speeding started end of 2008) o Evaluate iWatch program to see if reducing speeding
183 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 12. Bring neighborhoods together to c. Utilize iWatch program to bring neighbors together to reduce residential speeding (program INF Ongoing
Revitalization efforts address residential speeding started end of 2008) o Neighborhoods currently working to sign up 50% of neighbors to participate
in program

292 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 12. Bring neighborhoods together to d. City monitoring residential speeding “hot spots” (residential speeding significantly above 85th INF Ongoing
Revitalization efforts address residential speeding percentile in areas monitored by City) through‐out the city; using this data to identify areas where
neighborhood meetings could assist in addressing problem o Provide information to Council on how
many times hot spot analysis has triggered meeting with community and the outcome
174 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 13. Utilize crime prevention and awareness a. Revise current Neighborhood Watch Program to enable more people to use it ‐‐ current program PD Done

Revitalization efforts programs to educate residents on actions requires 75% participation in area in order to display Neighborhood Watch signs. o Develop program
they can take to prevent crime in their and budget impacts for new, expanded program
neighborhoods
223 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 13. Utilize crime prevention and awareness b. Revise current Neighborhood Watch Program to enable more people to use it ‐‐ current program PD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts programs to educate residents on actions requires 75% participation in area in order to display Neighborhood Watch signs. o Implement
they can take to prevent crime in their program
neighborhoods
175 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 13. Utilize crime prevention and awareness c. Expand Crime Prevention outreach programs to provide educational information to residents on PD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts programs to educate residents on actions actions they can take to safeguard themselves, their homes, and neighborhoods. o Develop
they can take to prevent crime in their expanded program with budget impacts
neighborhoods
224 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 13. Utilize crime prevention and awareness d. Expand Crime Prevention outreach programs to provide educational information to residents on PD Ongoing
Revitalization efforts programs to educate residents on actions actions they can take to safeguard themselves, their homes, and neighborhoods. o Implement
they can take to prevent crime in their program
neighborhoods
82 I. Urban G. Continue neighborhood revitalization 13. Utilize crime prevention and awareness e. Submit COPS Grant request to fund Police Officer position for this effort PD Done
Revitalization efforts programs to educate residents on actions
they can take to prevent crime in their
neighborhoods
176 I. Urban H. Revitalization. renewal of commercial 2. Evaluate tools available (urban renewal, a. Develop analysis of possible tools and viability present to Council; identify specific areas/tools for BD Ongoing
Revitalization areas BID, GID, etc.) to revitalize commercial further study and feasibility analysis; include economic development incentive program.
areas outside of the original TDA area.
83 I. Urban H. Revitalization. renewal of commercial 3. 104th Redevelopment Project a. Asbestos and subsurface remediation in process on the former bank, IHOP, Subway/Daylight BD Done

Revitalization areas Donut buildings
177 I. Urban H. Revitalization. renewal of commercial 3. 104th Redevelopment Project b. Demolition anticipated to start BD Done
Revitalization areas
273 I. Urban H. Revitalization. renewal of commercial 3. 104th Redevelopment Project c. Current redeveloper has until February 2010 to reach agreement with TDA for redevelopment of BD Done
Revitalization areas the project. In the event agreement isn’t reached, Council will consider options with respect to the
property.
84 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 1. City provides opportunities for a. City works with Community Partnerships to host the Community Health Tent at Thorntonfest on CS, FD Ongoing
Revitalization youth and families community to obtain free or low‐cost May 16 (includes 20+ agencies and includes minor screenings)
health screenings

85 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 1. City provides opportunities for b. Host 9 Health Fair on May 9, 2009 at Carpenter Recreation Center; provide report on how many FD Ongoing
Revitalization youth and families community to obtain free or low‐cost people attending
health screenings
91 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 1. City provides opportunities for c. Provide minor health procedures at Senior Center in cooperation with visiting Nurses Association FD Ongoing
Revitalization youth and families community to obtain free or low‐cost
health screenings
325 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 1. City provides opportunities for d. Provide senior wellness program (Silver Sneakers) at Senior Center and Carpenter Recreation CS Ongoing
Revitalization youth and families community to obtain free or low‐cost Center
health screenings
86 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 2. Provide information, referrals, programs a. Refer youth to Adams County summer youth work program (part of the Governor’s Summer Job CS Ongoing
Revitalization youth and families to assist youth in obtaining summer work Hunt program)
232 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 2. Provide information, referrals, programs b. Continue Youth and Teen Volunteer Corp (summer program) and Teen Council volunteer CS Ongoing

Revitalization youth and families to assist youth in obtaining summer work programs – activities include portable play ground; assist with Adventure Club and other volunteer
needs; other non‐city programs such as American Red Cross
87 I. Urban I. Reduce impact of economic conditions on 2. Provide information, referrals, programs c. Investigate National League of Cities prescription program to see if it can be offered to Thornton MS Done
Revitalization youth and families to assist youth in obtaining summer work residents
88 I. Urban J. Increase resources to serve the public 1. Apply for COPS program to complete a. Deadline for application for COPS (new people) Grants is April 14, 2009; FISCAL NOTE: Need to PD Ongoing

Revitalization through securing grants and other federal staffing of Crime Enforcement Response look at long‐term fiscal impact
funding to offset cost in whole or in part Team (CERT”); enhance Investigations
enforcement; and community based crime
prevention programs
89 I. Urban J. Increase resources to serve the public 2. Apply for Byrne/JAG Grant to obtain a. $251,000 equipment grant. Deadline for application May 18, 2009; FISCAL NOTE: Need to look at PD Ongoing
Revitalization through securing grants and other federal equipment for COPS personnel and to long‐term fiscal impact
funding to offset cost in whole or in part support North Metro Task Force operations
326 I. Urban J. Increase resources to serve the public 3. Apply for Byrne/JAG Grant, COPS Grant, a. $61,000 equipment grant (Not new people; funds to support current operations). Deadline for PD Ongoing

Revitalization through securing grants and other federal and High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area application July 9, 2009
funding to offset cost in whole or in part Grant to support North Metro Task Force
operations

92 II. Economic A. Recruit primary jobs and expand existing 3. Implement new Development Review a. Testing new Development Application Response Team (DART) CD Done
Dev & Job primary jobs Process
Creation
186 II. Economic A. Recruit primary jobs and expand existing 3. Implement new Development Review b. Review results of pilot program and revise as needed for implementation and marketing CD Done
Dev & Job primary jobs Process
Creation
13 II. Economic A. Recruit primary jobs and expand existing 4. Provide input in CIP Program from a. Provide prioritized (cost/benefit) input for 2010 CIP process; due in May 2009 BD Ongoing
Dev & Job primary jobs economic development viewpoint
Creation
11 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 1. Continue and evolve marketing program a. Current program includes: Business Expo – April 24, 2009; cooperative efforts w/Metro North BD Ongoing
Dev & Job consistent branding to serve the business community (who use Chamber; Business Briefs; ribbon cuttings/ground breakings; providing tours of available
Creation this data to make investment decisions) properties/providing information to prospective businesses;
123 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 1. Continue and evolve marketing program b. Develop targeted marketing collateral for developers – on as‐needed basis (examples: BD Ongoing

Dev & Job consistent branding to serve the business community (who use demographics, disposable income, workforce education, etc. data requested by developers that they
Creation this data to make investment decisions) use in their analysis and business decision process)
133 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 2. Develop a comprehensive marketing a. Develop scope for a comprehensive marketing program in coordination with BTAC and present to BD Done

Dev & Job consistent branding program to promote Thornton Council; FISCAL NOTE: need to include in 2010 Budget
Creation
233 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 2. Develop a comprehensive marketing b. Implementation in 2010 CMNC Ongoing
Dev & Job consistent branding program to promote Thornton
Creation
14 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 3. Expand marketing efforts for local a. Work with service providers to develop Shop Thornton Campaign (through Discount Card or other BD Done
Dev & Job consistent branding businesses approach)
Creation
134 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 3. Expand marketing efforts for local b. Put together campaign BD Done
Dev & Job consistent branding businesses
Creation
187 II. Economic B. Expand marketing efforts, ensuring 3. Expand marketing efforts for local c. Implement BD Ongoing
Dev & Job consistent branding businesses
Creation
137 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 2. Install landscaping on 144th Avenue from a. Design/bid INF Done
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan I‐25 to Washington Street
Creation
189 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 2. Install landscaping on 144th Avenue from b. Construction completed INF Done
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan I‐25 to Washington Street
Creation

1 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 4. Complete Preliminary engineering a. Select design consultant INF Done
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan design/master plan for north Washington
Creation Street from 144th to 160th.
302 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 6. Acquire open space in Big Dry Creek flood a. The Northeast Greenway group has identified a project to purchase property in the Big Dry Creek CS Done
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan plain as per Subarea Plan as an amenity to flood plain corridor
Creation the area to provide distinctive amenity to
employment area
303 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 6. Acquire open space in Big Dry Creek flood b. City to receive conservation easement as part of Cundall property annexation (coming in pieces CS Ongoing
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan plain as per Subarea Plan as an amenity to over time starting in 2009)
employment area
23 II. Economic C. Implement infrastructure improvements 6. Acquire open space in Big Dry Creek flood c. City purchased the Ehler property north of 152nd which in the Big Dry Creek flood plain corridor CS Done
Dev & Job in North Washington Subarea Plan plain as per Subarea Plan as an amenity to 2009
employment area
16 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea a. Added new mixed used zoning district to new Development Code – going to Council CD Done
Dev & Job Subarea Plan Plan and Urban Land Institute
Creation recommendations to improve development
potential
304 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea b. Amend Development Code to include Corporate Campus Zoning District CD Done
potential
138 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea c. Draft and present Corporate Campus Zoning District to Council CD Done
potential
192 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea d. Conduct stakeholder meetings; revise draft Corporate Campus Zoning District amendment; CD Done
potential
193 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea e. Present final document to Council for action CD Done
potential
17 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea f. Review, update, refine North Washington Subarea Plan for the piece from 136th to 144th Avenue ‐ CD Done
Dev & Job Subarea Plan Plan and Urban Land Institute Prepare draft scope of services so cost can be included in 2010 budget.
potential

305 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea h Develop RFP See #165 CD Done
potential
236 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea i. Award Contract CD Done
potential
197 II. Economic D. Periodically revisit the North Washington 1. Implement recommendations of Subarea j. Complete 2010 CD Done
potential
18 II. Economic E. Try to secure convention center 1. Evaluate convention center study (phase a. Present Feasibility Phase 2 study to Council BD Done
Dev & Job opportunity for Thornton 2) and decide next steps
Creation
139 II. Economic E. Try to secure convention center 1. Evaluate convention center study (phase b. Council to consider recommendations; make decision on next steps BD/F Done
Dev & Job opportunity for Thornton 2) and decide next steps
Creation
194 II. Economic E. Try to secure convention center 1. Evaluate convention center study (phase c. Amending Development Code to create and encourage convention center use‐by‐right in CD Ongoing
Dev & Job opportunity for Thornton 2) and decide next steps appropriate zoning districts
Creation
20 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 1. Businesses of Thornton Advisory a. BTAC has reviewed commercial design standards for projects 5 to 15 acres and recommendations CD, BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses Commission going to Council
Creation
124 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 1. Businesses of Thornton Advisory b. BTAC slated to look at Sign Code, “Quick Start”, Liaison Program, Mentoring and other programs in BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses Commission 2009.
Creation
21 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 1. Businesses of Thornton Advisory c. BTAC has active role at Thornton Expo as Ambassadors (April 2009) CD, BD Ongoing
Dev & Job existing businesses Commission
Creation
117 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 2. Develop website to assist new businesses a. Have completed redesign and streamlining of Home, Demographics, Publications Pages, Reports & BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses in navigating through City processes Maps pages and added a Thornton Expo, BTAC, “contact us”, and construction page to Business
Creation Development website.
195 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 2. Develop website to assist new businesses b. Redesign work continuing to streamline remaining pages 2009 BD Ongoing
Dev & Job existing businesses in navigating through City processes
Creation
299 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 2. Develop website to assist new businesses c. Have visited other “Quick Start" sites and done evaluation of what works; will review results with BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses in navigating through City processes BTAC and develop framework for Thornton Quick Start (given budget); goal to have Thornton Quick
Creation Start up by end of year 2009

22 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 3. Hold Business Expo to recognize a. Scheduled for April 24, 2009 BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses Thornton businesses and provide marketing
Creation and networking opportunities.
24 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 3. Hold Business Expo to recognize b. Follow‐up review of Expo; develop recommendations for next year; report results to Council BD Ongoing
Dev & Job existing businesses Thornton businesses and provide marketing
Creation and networking opportunities.
118 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program a. Expand economic gardening approach of creating environments for innovative (small) companies BD Ongoing
Dev & Job existing businesses to grow and cultivate relationships. on the verge of growth to cultivate relationships. Program
Creation includes: a. connection meetings with top employers;
307 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program b. Award EDIP grants; BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses
Creation
140 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program c. host small business seminars in Thornton through Adams County Small Business Initiative; BD Ongoing
Creation
237 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program d. host open house with Metro North Chamber; BD Ongoing
Creation
25 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program e. launched business listing section on Web site to allow people to search for Thornton businesses; BD Done
Creation
119 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program f. registered Thornton businesses can update their descriptions with an interactive link to their BD Done
Dev & Job existing businesses business Web site. Occurring throughout 2009
Creation
120 II. Economic G. Continue efforts to retain and expand 4. Develop “economic gardening” program g. identify use and feasibility of economic development tools including urban renewal areas BD Ongoing
Creation

241 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 1. Continue twice‐per month curbside a. Provide annual report on collections and analysis of program impacts/changes from previous year. INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it recycle pickup program
[includes Curbside Xmas tree pickup for
mulching]
33 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 2. Encourage more recycling and less trash a. Evaluation of second can rate analysis scheduled for Council review INF, F Done
Thornton program and educate citizens about it
mulching]
242 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 3. Provide recycling of plant materials from a. Offering new limb drop‐off, mulching program at the IMC open to the public the second Saturday INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it city properties and residential areas of each month from 10 am to 2 pm March through October 2009.
mulching]
247 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 3. Provide recycling of plant materials from b. Offering Christmas tree drop off available the 2nd Saturday of January 2010. INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it city properties and residential areas
mulching]
248 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 3. Provide recycling of plant materials from c. Providing curb‐side Christmas tree pickup the week of January 4, 2010 and week of January 15, INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it city properties and residential areas 2010
mulching]
309 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 3. Provide recycling of plant materials from d. Provide annual evaluation of program results INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it city properties and residential areas
mulching]
34 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 4. Expand recycle education program a. Produce TV Public Service Announcements to run at Wal‐Mart, Channel 8 and make available on‐ CMNC Done
Thornton program and educate citizens about it line 2009
mulching]
125 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 4. Expand recycle education program b. Produce advertising and marketing collateral (posters, flyers, brochures, bus shelter ads, etc.) to CMNC Done
Thornton program and educate citizens about it promote Thornton’s Recycle program and services 2009
mulching]
126 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 4. Expand recycle education program c. Write information articles for Inside Thornton and city web page 2009; Northglenn‐Thornton CMNC Done
Thornton program and educate citizens about it Sentinel; The Yellow Scene magazine and web‐site; Your‐Hub insert and web‐site;
mulching]
127 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for a. Code Division bundles and recycles election/real estate and other signs left in the public right‐of‐ CD Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it community way throughout the year. The hard to recycle corrugated plastic signs are recycled twice a year and
[includes Curbside Xmas tree pickup for the other signs recycled weekly.
mulching]

114 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for b. Providing household chemical collection program two times in 2009 (May 2009 at Water World in INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it community Federal Heights; September 2009 at IMC)
mulching]
35 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for c. Providing special drop‐off collection for electronic equipment in July 2009 (fee‐based) INF Ongoing
Thornton program and educate citizens about it community
mulching]
128 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for d. Providing community recycle drop‐off at locations throughout City INF Ongoing
mulching]
48 III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for e. Promote Adams County Shred‐A Thon CMNC Ongoing
mulching]
35f III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for g. NEW Provide collection for cooking oil recycling INF Ongoing
mulching]
35g III. Green A. Continue to enhance the recycling 5. Provide recycling opportunities for h. Leaf Collection INF Ongoing
mulching]
109b III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency b. City Hall – Solar Film. Add solar film to the windows in the atrium and west facing windows to MS Done
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects decrease the heat gain because of direct sunlight, thus reducing the energy needed to cool the
at City facilities and infrastructure space.
109c III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency c. City Hall – Misc Items. Three other projects were completed in 2008 including adding an MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects economizer & sealing infiltration points.
at City facilities and infrastructure
109d III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency d. Community Center – Controls Improvement and Heating Distribution. Includes night setbacks, MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects minor modifications to system controls, solar film to windows, and air duct modifications.
109e III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency e. IMC – HVAC Controls. Upgrades the existing controls to a web based system allowing Building MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects Maintenance to manage the temperatures and system operation remotely.

109f III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency f. Justice Center – Misc Items. Implementation of HVAC controls improvements and addition of MS Done
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects motion sensors to turn off HVAC and lighting in areas such as Conference rooms, etc.
109g III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency g. MSC – HVAC System. System is being upgraded to digital controls and incorporated into the MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects Building Automation System. Also replaces an old inefficient boiler and air handler. Results in
at City facilities and infrastructure reduced energy consumption through temperature set backs, overall system automation, and more
energy efficient equipment
109h III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency h. MSC – Lighting Upgrade. Replace type “T12” bulbs throughout building with more energy efficient MS Done
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects type “T8” bulbs.
109i III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency i. Carpenter Recreation Center – HVAC Controls. Implement several controls adjustments including MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects unoccupied temperature set‐backs, use of free cooling and heating from outside air, and
at City facilities and infrastructure temperature resets for hot water and chiller controls.
109j III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 1. Complete Phase 1 energy efficiency j. Carpenter Recreation Center – HVAC System. Modifies the system and ductwork to obtain a more MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption projects energy efficient system.
93 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 2. Install energy efficient Pool Packs at a. Benchmark energy use at Carpenter Recreation Center for LEED Certification April 2009 – 2010; MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption Carpenter Recreation Center Complete Pool Pack 1& 2 Install
244 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 3. Continue work with consortium of e. Infrastructure conducting an audit of Xcel billing to compare bill to actual street lights – start in INF Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption communities to obtain a new rate structure May 2009 completion December 2009.
at City facilities and infrastructure from XCEL Energy which would establish a
new rate class for street lights and allow
cities to own them and utilize more energy
and cost efficient systems
260 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 4. Implement traffic signal integration a. City has received a DRCOG grant to install messaging signs and traffic monitoring cameras in 2010 INF Ongoing
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption program and utilize DRCOG grants (TSSIP) budget.
at City facilities and infrastructure to improve intersections.
108 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 4. Implement traffic signal integration c. DRCOG is doing traffic progression improvements from on 120th Avenue from Pecos to Holly in INF Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption program and utilize DRCOG grants (TSSIP) April 2009 and Washington Street from 83rd to 136th starting May to be finished by December 2009.
at City facilities and infrastructure to improve intersections.

102 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 5. Implement reduce the trash pilot a. Develop pilot program that will provide centralized waste containers rather than individual waste MS Done
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption program to increase recycling of materials containers at desks 2nd quarter 2009 with implementation 3rd quarter 2009.
at City facilities and infrastructure in city buildings.
285 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 5. Implement reduce the trash pilot b. Evaluation of program after one year. MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption program to increase recycling of materials
at City facilities and infrastructure in city buildings.
47 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed a. Set default on copiers to double sided MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and
at City facilities and infrastructure benefit the environment.
310 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed b. Collecting paper, plaster, glass, aluminum used at Festivals to be recycled CS Ongoing

311 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed c. Mulching tree trimmings/etc. from Parks efforts CS Ongoing

312 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed d. Continue installation of web based irrigation control system to make efficient use of water in CS Ongoing

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and parks
49 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed e. Completed moving to all digital video product January 2009 in order to eliminate need to dispose CMNC Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and of tape
313 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed f. Use and reuse recycled tires “crumb rubber” for the walkways at Winter Fest and to top‐dress CS Ongoing

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and soccer goals and high use areas to reduce wear on the turf
314 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed g. Investigate use of rubber tiles at Winterfest for walkways – easier to maneuver over CS Done

286 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed h. Installing LED on remainder of Winter fest lights 2010 (completed 75% already) CS Ongoing


209 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed i. Implementing a pilot program to compost dog waste in 2009 at one of the City’s parks to be CS Ongoing
Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and funded through a Colorado Dept of Public Health Grant to Envirowagg. Decision on grants to be
at City facilities and infrastructure benefit the environment. made by CDPHE in May 2009.
315 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed j. Report on program used to continue to dispose of old computer equipment through a certified MS Ongoing

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and recycler including donating operable computers to non‐profits/schools to “recycle” (Changed 7/22 in
at City facilities and infrastructure benefit the environment. JE mtg)
50 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 6. Implement variety of programs designed k. Size of Inside Thornton has been reduced to a more‐compact, targeted magazine – utilizes less CMNC Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption to reduce waste, increase recycling and paper and reduces mailing costs 2009
201 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 7. Complete feasibility study of low‐head a. Complete feasibility report by December May 2009; pending results will pursue grant to INF Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption hydro‐electric power generation to operate implement and evaluate extending application to other utility facilities. Note: City received a
at City facilities and infrastructure the gates on the Burlington Canal. feasibility grant from the Colorado Water Resources & Power Development Authority ($15K grant
$15K match) to study use of different power source to operate the gates on the Burlington Canal.
38 III. Green C. Continue energy efficiency improvement 8. Use electronic systems to reduce paper a. Implement utility e‐billing system (paperless) MS Done

Thornton program to decrease energy consumption
39 III. Green D. Continue to identify and implement 1. Place in service Hydraulic Launch Assist c. Check w/company that built busses for 16th Street Mall regarding technology MS Done

Thornton opportunities to increase fuel efficiency of (HLA) refuse truck and fuel efficient
City’s fleet replacement vehicles
205 III. Green D. Continue to identify and implement 3. Develop routing software pilot program a. Internal team formed in April 2009 to establish scope of system; will evaluate potential products INF Done
Thornton opportunities to increase fuel efficiency of to determine effectiveness in reducing gas and goal is to have software on board by end of 2009 with implementation in 2010.
City’s fleet usage/improving efficiency
206 III. Green D. Continue to identify and implement 4. Evaluate GPS program and impact on fuel a. Look at a sample of vehicles equipped with GPS to determine if seeing less hours/less miles driven MS Done
Thornton opportunities to increase fuel efficiency of efficiencies as result of GPS system
City’s fleet
40 III. Green E. Develop community sustainability 1. Review Irrigation Plans associated with a. Update standards and specifications to incorporate industry water saving methods CD Ongoing
Thornton programs development to ensure system sized
properly, adequate pressure, etc;
41 III. Green E. Develop community sustainability 1. Review Irrigation Plans associated with b. Begin reviewing irrigation plans CD Done
Thornton programs development to ensure system sized
157 III. Green E. Develop community sustainability 1. Review Irrigation Plans associated with c. City’s landscape architects begin inspection of installation of irrigation systems associated with CD Ongoing
Thornton programs development to ensure system sized development projects

207 III. Green E. Develop community sustainability 3. Develop LEED proficiency to promote a. Sending a Contract Administrator and Building Inspector for LEED (Leadership in Energy and CD, MS Ongoing
Thornton programs LEED certified buildings (public and private) Environmental Design) certification in 2009. On contract administration side this is to have people
and develop certification expertise in‐house on staff that know requirements and can interface with consultants; on development side, it is to
promote private sector to have LEED certified buildings and be able to inspect.
159 III. Green E. Develop community sustainability 5. Evaluate feasibility of wind energy a. Review feasibility, safety, etc. of wind energy alternatives for both residential and commercial CD Ongoing

Thornton programs alternatives for use in City uses.
43 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 1. Evaluate use of electronic systems to a. Analyze available systems, software, costs, alternatives for 2010 Budget submittal CMO Done
Thornton carbon footprint manage Council agenda and reduce reliance
on paper packet system;
249 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 1. Evaluate use of electronic systems to b. Implement system in 2010 CMO Done
Thornton carbon footprint manage Council agenda and reduce reliance
on paper packet system;
121 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 2. Enhance employee involvement in a. Provide weekly recycling tips on intranet CMNC Ongoing
Thornton carbon footprint sustainability practices (what we can do to
save energy and recycle)
316 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 2. Enhance employee involvement in b. Solicit feedback from employees on ways to recycle, conserve, save energy, etc. MS Ongoing
317 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 2. Enhance employee involvement in c. Provide Report on results of periodic employee competitions to recycle, conserve… MS Ongoing
246 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 2. Enhance employee involvement in d. Continue to provide education to employees on sustainability INF Ongoing
318 III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 2. Enhance employee involvement in e. Annually review efforts to see what works/doesn’t work MS Ongoing
210a III. Green F. Establish programs that reduce the City’s 3. Use recycled materials in capital b. Evaluate program ‐ An evaluation on pavement performance will be over several years. INF Ongoing
Thornton carbon footprint improvement programs.
44 III. Green G. Programs that reduce community 1. Provide Community garden program and a. Thornton United Methodist Church community garden – church members working with Citizens of CS Ongoing
Thornton “carbon footprint” tree planting program (2009) to provide Hoffman Homes; Parks to till garden plots and connect water service April 6‐10; Neighborhood
fresh produce to gardeners and to Thornton meeting April 15th; begin planting April 26, 2009.
Food Banks
45 III. Green G. Programs that reduce community 1. Provide Community garden program and b. Good Shepherd United Methodist Church community garden – working with church members to CS Ongoing
Thornton “carbon footprint” tree planting program (2009) to provide determine location of garden and address water connection issues; timeline will be developed one
fresh produce to gardeners and to Thornton determination is made to proceed and location. If proceed, will till and provide water service to have
Food Banks garden ready April 26 2009 for planting

208 III. Green G. Programs that reduce community 1. Provide Community garden program and c. Survey Thornton Food Banks at end of season to see success of program. CS Done
Thornton “carbon footprint” tree planting program (2009) to provide
fresh produce to gardeners and to Thornton
Food Banks

150 IV. FasTracks A. North Metro Line is constructed within 1. North Metro Draft Environmental Impact a. Draft EIS due to be released in June 2009 with a 45‐day comment period; OMB Done
original planned timeframe Statement (DEIS) review
141 IV. FasTracks A. North Metro Line is constructed within 1. North Metro Draft Environmental Impact b. If released in June 2009, staff will review and provide draft comments to Council at Planning OMB Done
original planned timeframe Statement (DEIS) review Session July 21, 2009 with Council action by resolution on July 28, 2009 (review to ensure that
Thornton’s preferred stations are included as requested) and submit to RTD.
239 IV. FasTracks A. North Metro Line is constructed within 1. North Metro Draft Environmental Impact c. After RTD receives comments, RTD will provide a response to each comment in their draft Final OMB Done
original planned timeframe Statement (DEIS) review Environmental Impact Statement. The Final EIS will be released for public comment in November
2009 with another 45‐day comment period.
32 IV. FasTracks C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐25 1. Establish North Area Transportation a. Full membership meeting May 13, 2009 to review/amend/approve recommendations. Note: OMB Done
Corridor Alliance (NATA) organization framework. Steering Committee set up three meetings to review and finalize recommendations to be sent back
to entire group for review and approval by mid‐April 2009.
229 IV. FasTracks C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐25 2. Expand NATA connections NATA position a. Identify ridership connections that need to be put into place to effectively utilize the North Metro OMB Ongoing
Corridor on FasTracks completion; ballot proposal; Line and connect riders with key businesses/services
lobbying efforts
31 IV. FasTracks C. Establish a collective voice for North I‐25 4. Communications with NATA Membership a. Develop web‐site for basic NATA information; electronic notification lists; etc. CMNC Done
Corridor

110 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 1. Coordinate with the various entities a. Use media sponsors at festivals to encourage people to bring food for food drives. CS Done
Cares residents. engaged in assisting food banks in
conducting food drives to stock their
shelves
51 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 1. Coordinate with the various entities b. Conduct food drive as part of Thorntonfest CS Done
shelves
129 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 1. Coordinate with the various entities c. Use Thornton as a 9 Cares location for food drops. CS Ongoing
shelves
130 V. Thornton A. Assist organizations helping Thornton 1. Coordinate with the various entities e. Work with HOA’s and Fire Department to conduct food drives FD Ongoing
shelves
53 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 1. Develop the Thornton Water Assistance a. Develop the Program framework F Done
Cares those unable to keep up with the bills Program.
54 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 1. Develop the Thornton Water Assistance b. Amend the Utility Code to establish new program requirements for this pilot program which will F Done
Cares those unable to keep up with the bills Program. run from June 1, 2009 through May 31, 2010 or sooner if program funds run out.
55 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 1. Develop the Thornton Water Assistance c. Develop communication program to City staff and customers to let them know about this program CMNC Done
56 V. Thornton B. Provide water utility bill assistance to 1. Develop the Thornton Water Assistance d. Roll the program out F Done
57 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 1. Develop a centralized point of a. Add a special page to the City’s current website that provides an easily navigable Web page with CMNC Done
Cares that will help them through difficult information that is easily accessible links to other service providers that help residents through difficult economic times.
economic times regarding healthcare, transportation, rent,
food etc
63 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 1. Develop a centralized point of b. Advise City staff members, faith‐based community, libraries, schools, etc. of the City’s new special CMNC Done
Cares that will help them through difficult information that is easily accessible webpage so that they may access this information and advise their constituents on how to obtain
economic times regarding healthcare, transportation, rent, this information as well.
food etc
319 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 1. Develop a centralized point of c. Utilize the City’s communication venues (Channel 8, Inside Thornton magazine, Bus Shelter ads, CMNC Ongoing
Cares that will help them through difficult information that is easily accessible etc.) to advise those in need of transportation options about the various options: Access‐a‐Ride, Call‐
economic times regarding healthcare, transportation, rent, and‐Ride, Senior rides for meals, medical and grocery shopping.
food etc

58 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 2. Provide information regarding current a. Add a link in the City’s Housing Section of the web site to provide information regarding home CD Done
Cares that will help them through difficult requirements and limitations as it relates to business requirements; multiple families in one household, etc.
economic times home businesses, multiple families in one
household, other housing issues/questions.
320 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 2. Provide information regarding current b. Provide links to County and State housing assistance programs. CD Done

Cares that will help them through difficult requirements and limitations as it relates to
economic times home businesses, multiple families in one
household, other housing issues/questions.
250 V. Thornton C. Provide Thornton residents information 3. Review current standards and a. Utilize Neighborhood Revitalization Task Force/Commission when formed to review current CD Ongoing

Cares that will help them through difficult enforcement discretion pertaining to standards and enforcement discretion and advise City Council regarding relaxing or changing code
economic times maintenance of lawns, landscaping, and requirements pertaining to lawns, landscaping, and synthetic turf.
housing maintenance
59 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in a. Report from Teen Council regarding program and efforts. CS Done
Cares address the issues and concerns residents meeting the benchmarks identified in
and businesses face during hard economic Council’s 2009 High Priority Work Plan
times
60 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in b. Launch Thornton Connected internet based citizen access system and evaluate use OMB Done
times
111 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in c. Encourage people to shop Thornton through Shop Thornton Campaign – see Economic BD Ongoing
Cares address the issues and concerns residents meeting the benchmarks identified in Development B (3)
times
61 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in d. Apply for grant funds to obtain funding for Police and Fire – see Urban Revitalization J (1) FD Ongoing
times
104 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in e. Revitalization Task Force recommendations – see Urban Revitalization A (1) and (2). Task to CD Done
Cares address the issues and concerns residents meeting the benchmarks identified in recommend creating Revitalization Advisory Board.
times
105 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in f. Monitor Community Resource Center outreach program – see Urban Revitalization G (8). CRC is CD Done
Cares address the issues and concerns residents meeting the benchmarks identified in hired to help neighborhood groups begin and establish neighborhood leaders.
times

62 V. Thornton D. Keep informed of actions taken that help 1. Continue to be informed of progress in g. Businesses of Thornton Advisory Commission efforts – see Economic Development G (1) (Include BD Ongoing
Cares address the issues and concerns residents meeting the benchmarks identified in BTAC's info)
times. What's been done: website of (Reach businesses through newsletter ‐ JE
programs, FRCC, Biz Expo, Web Site Dvm… 7/14 mtg)
7/14 JM mtg)

May 11, 2010 - Thornton City Council Packet

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

May 11, 2010 - Thornton City Council Packet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COUNCIL COMMUNICATION

Meeting Date: Legal Review: Agenda Location: Agenda Item:

A RESOLUTION DECLARING THE WEEK OF MAY 16-22, 2010 AS THORNTON ARBOR

HISTORY: (includes previous City Council action)

A RESOLUTION DECLARING THE WEEK OF MAY 16-22, 2010 AS THORNTON

WHEREAS, the Community Services Department promotes tree planting and

WHEREAS, an Arbor Day Celebration will be held in conjunction with

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY

That May 16-22, 2010 is hereby declared to be Thornton Arbor Week.

CITY OF THORNTON, COLORADO

Erik Hansen, Mayor

Nancy A. Vincent, City Clerk

Reviewed by: Charles W. Lon~~ Presented by: Maria Ostrom, by:

• Staff recommends acceptance of the financial report.

HISTORY: (includes previous City Council action)

S:\MgmtSvcs\Councll ll(;:lmsW:01 O\,cc,flnr,mclal Ul!pott,Mar.051110

• Sales tax collections are budgeted $100,000,000 Budget

sales tax collections (related to

• The new Wal-Mart at 128th Ave. & 2009 2010 Budget

Quebec St. is expected to open

Total Revenues - Governmental Funds

Governmental Funds: Includes activity recorded in the General Fund,

Sales Tax Revenue By Month

Sales Tax Revenue 2009 2010

OPERATING EXPENSE OVERVIEW

Amount Over/(Under) Budget $ -

North Washington Urban Renewal Area Fund

• Property tax revenue for 2010 is expected to remain level as well.

Total Revenue - North Washington Urban Renewal Area

Total Sales Tax Revenue - All Funds

Total Sales Tax Revenue 2009

All Funds 2010

Water Enterprise Fund

• Rate revenue is down 11.6% YTD.

Water Utility Revenues

Water Rate Revenue $ 3,463,259 $ 3,061,007 $ 27,195,000 $ 27,195,000 $ -

OPERATING EXPENSE OVERVIEW

Amount Over/(Under) Budget $ -

Water Enterprise Fund

Residential AWC By Year

• However, residential Average Sewer Rate Revenue

down in 2010, and as a result, $800,000 2009

of budgeted expectations by $650,000

year end. $600,000

Sewer Utility Revenues

OPERATING EXPENSE OVERVIEW

Amount Over/(Under) Budget $ -

Sanitation Enterprise Fund

REVENUE OVERVIEW Total Revenue

anticipated the City would receive $1,000,000

no revenue from recycling,

receiving $35.30 per ton for

Sanitation Utility Revenues

OPERATING EXPENSE OVERVIEW

• Staff recommends approval of Minutes as requested.

HISTORY: (includes previous City Council action)

Subject:AN ORDINANCE REPEALING ORDINANCE NUMBER 2764 AND ADOPTING THE

HISTORY: (includes previous City Council action)

Significant Changes Proposed to Standards and Specifications:

Changes to make City of Thornton more competitive with surrounding neighbors:

Incorporated general practices not written into the 2003 Standards:

• Added requirements for minimum curb radii at all intersections.

Reflects advances in technology or industry standard: